【英语】2019届二轮复习阅读理解词义猜测类型试题解题指导学案（299页word版）

【英语】2019届二轮复习阅读理解词义猜测类型试题解题指导学案（299页word版）

‎2019届二轮复习阅读理解词义猜测类型试题解题指导学案 ‎【考情探究】‎ 考点 考向 考情分析 预测热度 考频统计 考查目标 ‎2018.11‎ ‎2018.6‎ ‎2017.11‎ ‎2017.6‎ ‎2016.10‎ 阅读理解 词义猜测 ‎1‎ ‎0‎ ‎1‎ ‎0‎ ‎0‎ 根据文章的主题内容及相关的上下文,判断一个生词、词组或句子的含义或一个单词或词组在文章所指代的意义 ‎★★★‎ 分析解读　　1.词义猜测题考查考生根据上下文的语境推断生词词义的能力,同时也考查考生对语境的正确分析和把握能力。该题型出现的题量不是很大,但是一般都有一定的难度,是具有区分度的题目之一。‎ ‎2.所猜测内容一般是超纲的比较生僻的单词或词组,有时也会是一个句子。‎ ‎3.除了指代关系的设题,正确选项一般是该词或词组的近义词或释义。该近义词或释义能够从该词所在的句子上下文中得到足够明确的信息。而错误选项一般也可以通过上下文的语义予以排除。‎ 过专题 ‎【五年高考】‎ A组　2018年全国高考题组 Passage 1(2018课标全国Ⅰ,C)词数:294‎ Languages have been coming and going for thousands of years, but in recent times there has been less coming and a lot more going. When the world was still populated by hunter-gatherers, small, tightly knit(联系)groups developed their own patterns of speech independent of each other. Some language experts believe that 10,000 years ago, when the world had just five to ten million people, they spoke perhaps 12,000 languages between them.‎ Soon afterwards, many of those people started settling down to become farmers, and their languages too became more settled and fewer in number. In recent centuries, trade, industrialisation, the development of the nation-state and the spread of universal compulsory education, especially globalisation and better communications in the past few decades, all have caused many languages to disappear, and dominant languages such as English, Spanish and Chinese are increasingly taking over.‎ At present, the world has about 6,800 languages. The distribution of these languages is hugely uneven. The general rule is that mild zones have relatively few languages, often spoken by many people, while hot, wet zones have lots, often spoken by small numbers. Europe has only around 200 languages;the Americas about 1,000;Africa 2,400;and Asia and the Pacific perhaps 3,200, of which Papua New Guinea alone accounts for well over 800. The median number(中位数)of speakers is a mere 6,000, which means that half the world’s languages are spoken by fewer people than that.‎ Already well over 400 of the total of 6,800 languages are close to extinction(消亡), with only a few elderly speakers left. Pick, at random, Busuu in Cameroon(eight remaining speakers), Chiapaneco in Mexico(150), Lipan Apache in the United States(two or three)or Wadjigu in Australia(one, with a question-mark):none of these seems to have much chance of survival.‎ ‎1.What can we infer about languages in hunter-gatherer times?‎ A.They developed very fast.‎ B.They were large in number.‎ C.They had similar patterns.‎ D.They were closely connected.‎ ‎2.Which of the following best explains“dominant”underlined in paragraph 2?‎ A.Complex.　　　B.Advanced.‎ C.Powerful.　　　D.Modern.‎ ‎3.How many languages are spoken by less than 6,000 people at present?‎ A.About 6,800.　　　B.About 3,400.‎ C.About 2,400.　　　D.About 1,200.‎ ‎4.What is the main idea of the text?‎ A.New languages will be created.‎ B.People’s lifestyles are reflected in languages.‎ C.Human development results in fewer languages.‎ D.Geography determines language evolution.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 2(2018课标全国Ⅱ,B)词数:258‎ Many of us love July because it’s the month when nature’s berries and stone fruits are in abundance. These colourful and sweet jewels from British Columbia’s fields are little powerhouses of nutritional protection.‎ Of the common berries, strawberries are highest in vitamin C, although, because of their seeds, raspberries contain a little more protein(蛋白质), iron and zinc(not that fruits have much protein). Blueberries are particularly high in antioxidants(抗氧化物质). The yellow and orange stone fruits such as peaches are high in the carotenoids we ‎ turn into vitamin A and which are antioxidants. As for cherries(樱桃), they are so delicious. Who cares?However, they are rich in vitamin C.‎ When combined with berries or slices of other fruits, frozen bananas make an excellent base for thick, cooling fruit shakes and low fat“ice cream”. For this purpose, select ripe bananas for freezing as they are much sweeter. Remove the skin and place them in plastic bags or containers and freeze. If you like, a squeeze of fresh lemon juice on the bananas will prevent them turning brown. Frozen bananas will last several weeks, depending on their ripeness and the temperature of the freezer.‎ If you have a juicer, you can simply feed in frozen bananas and some berries or sliced fruit. Out comes a “soft-serve”creamy dessert, to be eaten right away. This makes a fun activity for a children’s party;they love feeding the fruit and frozen bananas into the top of the machine and watching the ice cream come out below. ‎ ‎1.What does the author seem to like about cherries?‎ A.They contain protein.‎ B.They are high in vitamin A.‎ C.They have a pleasant taste.‎ D.They are rich in antioxidants.‎ ‎2.Why is fresh lemon juice used in freezing bananas?‎ A.To make them smell better.‎ B.To keep their colour.‎ C.To speed up their ripening.‎ D.To improve their nutrition.‎ ‎3.What is“a juicer”in the last paragraph?‎ A.A dessert.　　　　　B.A drink.　　　　　C.A container.　　　　　D.A machine.‎ ‎4.From which is the text probably taken?‎ A.A biology textbook.‎ B.A health magazine.‎ C.A research paper.‎ D.A travel brochure.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.B Passage 3(2018课标全国Ⅲ,D)词数:304‎ Adults understand what it feels like to be flooded with objects. Why do we often assume that more is more when it comes to kids and their belongings?The good news is that I can help my own kids learn earlier than I did how to live more with less. ‎ I found the pre-holidays a good time to encourage young children to donate less-used things, and it worked. Because of our efforts, our daughter Georgia did decide to donate a large bag of toys to a little girl whose mother was unable to pay for her holiday due to illness. She chose to sell a few larger objects that were less often used when we promised to put the money into her school fund(基金)(our kindergarten daughter is serious about becoming a doctor).‎ For weeks, I’ve been thinking of bigger, deeper questions:How do we make it a habit for them?And how do we train ourselves to help them live with, need, and use less?Yesterday, I sat with my son, Shepherd, determined to test my own theory on this. I decided to play with him with only one toy for as long as it would keep his interest. I expected that one toy would keep his attention for about five minutes, ten minutes, max. I chose a red rubber ball—simple, universally available. We passed it, he tried to put it in his mouth, he tried bouncing it, rolling it, sitting on it, throwing it. It was totally, completely enough for him. Before I knew it an hour had passed and it was time to move on to lunch.‎ We both became absorbed in the simplicity of playing together. He had my full attention and I had his. My little experiment to find joy in a single object worked for both of us.‎ ‎1.What do the words “more is more” in paragraph 1 probably mean?‎ A.The more, the better.‎ B.Enough is enough.‎ C.More money, more worries.‎ D.Earn more and spend more.‎ ‎2.What made Georgia agree to sell some of her objects?‎ A.Saving up for her holiday.‎ B.Raising money for a poor girl.‎ C.Adding the money to her fund.‎ D.Giving the money to a sick mother.‎ ‎3.Why did the author play the ball with Shepherd?‎ A.To try out an idea.‎ B.To show a parent’s love.‎ C.To train his attention.‎ D.To help him start a hobby.‎ ‎4.What can be a suitable title for the text?‎ A.Take It or Leave It B.A Lesson from Kids C.Live More with Less D.The Pleasure of Giving 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.C Passage 4(2018北京,D)词数:479‎ Preparing Cities for Robot Cars The possibility of self-driving robot cars has often seemed like a futurist’s dream, years away from materializing in the real world. Well, the future is apparently now. The California Department of Motor Vehicles began giving permits in April for companies to test truly self-driving cars on public roads. The state also cleared the way for companies to sell or rent out self-driving cars, and for companies to operate driverless taxi services. California, it should be noted, isn’t leading the way here. Companies have been testing their vehicles in cities across the country. It’s hard to predict when driverless cars will be everywhere on our roads. But however long it takes, the technology has the potential to change our transportation systems and our cities, for better or for worse, depending on how the transformation is regulated.‎ While much of the debate so far has been focused on the safety of driverless cars(and rightfully so), policymakers also should be talking about how self-driving vehicles can help reduce traffic jams, cut emissions(排放)and offer more convenient, affordable mobility options. The arrival of driverless vehicles is a chance to make sure that those vehicles are environmentally friendly and more shared.‎ Do we want to copy—or even worsen—the traffic of today with driverless cars?Imagine a future where most adults own individual self-driving vehicles. They tolerate long, slow journeys to and from work on packed highways because they can work, entertain themselves or sleep on the ride, which encourages urban spread. They take their driverless car to an appointment and set the empty vehicle to circle the building to avoid paying for parking. Instead of walking a few blocks to pick up a child or the dry cleaning, they send the self-driving minibus. The convenience even leads fewer people to take public transport—an unwelcome side effect researchers have already found in ride-hailing(叫车)services.‎ A study from the University of California at Davis suggested that replacing petrol-powered private cars worldwide with electric, self-driving and shared systems could reduce carbon emissions from transportation 80% and cut the cost of transportation infrastructure(基础设施)and operations 40% by 2050. Fewer emissions and cheaper travel sound pretty appealing. The first commercially available driverless cars will almost certainly be fielded by ride-hailing services, considering the cost of ‎ self-driving technology as well as liability and maintenance issues(责任与维护问题). But driverless car ownership could increase as the prices drop and more people become comfortable with the technology.‎ Policymakers should start thinking now about how to make sure the appearance of driverless vehicles doesn’t extend the worst aspects of the car-controlled transportation system we have today. The coming technological advancement presents a chance for cities and states to develop transportation systems designed to move more people, and more affordably. The car of the future is coming. We just have to plan for it.‎ ‎1.According to the author, attention should be paid to how driverless cars can　　　. ‎ A.help deal with transportation-related problems B.provide better services to customers C.cause damage to our environment D.make some people lose jobs ‎2.As for driverless cars, what is the author’s major concern?‎ A.Safety.　　　　　B.Side effects.　　　　　C.Affordability.　　　　　D.Management.‎ ‎3.What does the underlined word“fielded”in Paragraph 4 probably mean?‎ A.Employed.　　　B.Replaced.‎ C.Shared.　　　D.Reduced.‎ ‎4.What is the author’s attitude to the future of self-driving cars?‎ A.Doubtful.　　　B.Positive.‎ C.Disapproving.　　　D.Sympathetic.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.A ‎4.B B组　2014—2017年全国高考题组 Unit 1‎ Passage 1(2017课标全国Ⅰ,D)词数:311‎ A build-it-yourself solar still(蒸馏器)is one of the best ways to obtain drinking water in areas where the liquid is not readily available. Developed by two doctors in the U.S. Department of Agriculture, it’s an excellent water collector. Unfortunately, you must carry the necessary equipment with you, since it’s all but impossible to find natural substitutes. The only components required, though, are a 5'×5' sheet of clear or slightly milky plastic, six feet of plastic tube, and a container—perhaps just a drinking cup—to catch the water. These pieces can be folded into a neat little pack and fastened on your belt.‎ To construct a working still, use a sharp stick or rock to dig a hole four feet across and three feet deep. Try to make the hole in a damp area to increase the water catcher’s productivity. Place your cup in the deepest part of the hole. Then lay the tube in place so that one end rests all the way in the cup and the rest of the line runs up—and out—the side of the hole. ‎ Next, cover the hole with the plastic sheet, securing the edges of the plastic with dirt and weighting the sheet’s center down with a rock. The plastic should now form a cone(圆锥体)with 45-degree-angled sides. The low point of the sheet must be centered directly over, and no more than three inches above, the cup.‎ The solar still works by creating a greenhouse under the plastic. Ground water evaporates(蒸发)and collects on the sheet until small drops of water form, run down the material, and fall off into the cup. When the container is full, you can suck the refreshment out through the tube, and won’t have to break down the still every time you need a drink.‎ ‎1.What do we know about the solar still equipment from the first paragraph?‎ A.It’s delicate.　　　B.It’s expensive.‎ C.It’s complex.　　　D.It’s portable.‎ ‎2.What does the underlined phrase “the water catcher”in paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A.The tube.　　　　　B.The still.　　　　　C.The hole.　　　　　D.The cup.‎ ‎3.What is the last step of constructing a working solar still?‎ A.Dig a hole of a certain size.‎ B.Put the cup in place.‎ C.Weight the sheet’s center down.‎ D.Cover the hole with the plastic sheet.‎ ‎4.When a solar still works, drops of water come into the cup from　　　. ‎ A.the plastic tube　　　B.outside the hole C.the open air　　　D.beneath the sheet 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.C ‎4.D Passage 2(2017课标全国Ⅱ,D)词数:288‎ When a leafy plant is under attack, it doesn’t sit quietly. Back in 1983, two scientists, Jack Schultz and Ian Baldwin, reported that young maple trees getting bitten by insects send out a particular smell that neighboring plants can get. These chemicals come from the injured parts of the plant and seem to be an alarm. What the plants pump through the air is a mixture of chemicals known as volatile organic compounds, VOCs for short.‎ Scientists have found that all kinds of plants give out VOCs when being attacked. It’s a plant’s way of crying out. But is anyone listening?Apparently. Because we can watch the neighbors react.‎ Some plants pump out smelly chemicals to keep insects away. But others do double duty. They pump out perfumes designed to attract different insects who are natural ‎ enemies to the attackers. Once they arrive, the tables are turned. The attacker who was lunching now becomes lunch. ‎ In study after study, it appears that these chemical conversations help the neighbors. The damage is usually more serious on the first plant, but the neighbors, relatively speaking, stay safer because they heard the alarm and knew what to do.‎ Does this mean that plants talk to each other?Scientists don’t know. Maybe the first plant just made a cry of pain or was sending a message to its own branches, and so, in effect, was talking to itself. Perhaps the neighbors just happened to“overhear”the cry. So information was exchanged, but it wasn’t a true, intentional back and forth.‎ Charles Darwin, over 150 years ago, imagined a world far busier, noisier and more intimate(亲密的)than the world we can see and hear. Our senses are weak. There’s a whole lot going on.‎ ‎1.What does a plant do when it is under attack?‎ A.It makes noises.‎ B.It gets help from other plants.‎ C.It stands quietly.‎ D.It sends out certain chemicals.‎ ‎2.What does the author mean by“the tables are turned”in paragraph 3?‎ A.The attackers get attacked.‎ B.The insects gather under the table.‎ C.The plants get ready to fight back.‎ D.The perfumes attract natural enemies.‎ ‎3.Scientists find from their studies that plants can　　　. ‎ A.predict natural disasters B.protect themselves against insects C.talk to one another intentionally D.help their neighbors when necessary ‎4.What can we infer from the last paragraph?‎ A.The world is changing faster than ever.‎ B.People have stronger senses than before.‎ C.The world is more complex than it seems.‎ D.People in Darwin’s time were more imaginative.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 3(2017天津,C)词数:330‎ This month, Germany’s transport minister, Alexander Dobrindt, proposed the first set of rules for autonomous vehicles(自主驾驶车辆). They would define the driver’s role in such cars and govern how such cars perform in crashes where lives might be lost.‎ The proposal attempts to deal with what some call the“death valley”of autonomous vehicles:the grey area between semi-autonomous and fully driverless cars that could delay the driverless future.‎ Dobrindt wants three things:that a car always chooses property(财产)damage over personal injury;that it never distinguishes between humans based on age or race;and that if a human removes his or her hands from the driving wheel—to check email, say—the car’s maker is responsible if there is a crash.‎ ‎“The change to the road traffic law will permit fully automatic driving,”says Dobrindt. It will put fully driverless cars on an equal legal footing to human drivers, he says.‎ Who is responsible for the operation of such vehicles is not clear among car makers, consumers and lawyers.“The liability(法律责任)issue is the biggest one of them all,”says Natasha Merat at the University of Leeds, UK.‎ An assumption behind UK insurance for driverless cars, introduced earlier this year, insists that a human“be watchful and monitoring the road”at every moment.‎ But that is not what many people have in mind when thinking of driverless cars.“When you say‘driverless cars’, people expect driverless cars,”Merat says.“You know—no driver.”‎ Because of the confusion, Merat thinks some car makers will wait until vehicles can be fully automated without human operation.‎ Driverless cars may end up being a form of public transport rather than vehicles you own, says Ryan Calo at Stanford University, California. That is happening in the UK and Singapore, where government-provided driverless vehicles are being launched.‎ That would go down poorly in the US, however.“The idea that the government would take over driverless cars and treat them as a public good would get absolutely nowhere here,”says Calo.‎ ‎1.What does the phrase“death valley”in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A.A place where cars often break down.‎ B.A case where passing a law is impossible.‎ C.An area where no driving is permitted.‎ D.A situation where drivers’ role is not clear.‎ ‎2.The proposal put forward by Dobrindt aims to　　　. ‎ A.stop people from breaking traffic rules B.help promote fully automatic driving C.protect drivers of all ages and races D.prevent serious property damage ‎3.What do consumers think of the operation of driverless cars?‎ A.It should get the attention of insurance companies.‎ B.It should be the main concern of law makers.‎ C.It should not cause deadly traffic accidents.‎ D.It should involve no human responsibility.‎ ‎4.Driverless vehicles in public transport see no bright future in　　　. ‎ A.Singapore　　　　　B.the UK　　　　　C.the US　　　　　D.Germany ‎5.What could be the best title for the passage?‎ A.Autonomous Driving:Whose Liability?‎ B.Fully Automatic Cars:A New Breakthrough C.Autonomous Vehicles:Driver Removed!‎ D.Driverless Cars:Root of Road Accidents 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.C ‎5.A Passage 4(2017江苏,D)词数:690‎ Old Problem, New Approaches While clean energy is increasingly used in our daily life, global warming will continue for some decades after CO2 emissions(排放)peak. So even if emissions were to begin to decrease today, we would still face the challenge of adapting to climate change. Here I will stress some smarter and more creative examples of climate adaptation.‎ When it comes to adaptation, it is important to understand that climate change is a process. We are therefore not talking about adapting to a new standard, but to a constantly shifting set of conditions. This is why, in part at least, the US National Climate Assessment says that:“There is no ‘one-size fits all’ adaptation.”Nevertheless, there are some actions that offer much and carry little risk or cost. ‎ Around the world, people are adapting in surprising ways, especially in some poor countries. Floods have become more damaging in Bangladesh in recent decades.‎ ‎ Mohammed Rezwan saw opportunity where others saw only disaster. His not-for-profit organization runs 100 river boats that serve as floating libraries, schools, and health clinics, and are equipped with solar panels and other communicating facilities. Rezwan is creating floating connectivity(连接)to replace flooded roads and highways. But he is also working at a far more fundamental level:his staff show people how to make floating gardens and fish ponds to prevent starvation during the wet season.‎ Elsewhere in Asia even more astonishing actions are being taken. Chewang Norphel lives in a mountainous region in India, where he is known as the Ice Man. The loss of glaciers(冰川)there due to global warming represents an enormous threat to agriculture. Without the glaciers, water will arrive in the rivers at times when it can damage crops. Norphel’s inspiration came from seeing the waste of water over winter, when it was not needed. He directed the wasted water into shallow basins where it froze, and was stored until the spring. His fields of ice supply perfectly timed irrigation(灌溉)water. Having created nine such ice reserves, Norphel calculates that he has stored about 200,000m3 of water. Climate change is a continuing process, so Norphel’s ice reserves will not last forever. Warming will overtake them. But he is providing a few years during which the farmers will, perhaps, be able to find other means of adapting.‎ Increasing Earth’s reflectiveness can cool the planet. In southern Spain the sudden increase of greenhouses(which reflect light back to space)has changed the warming trend locally, and actually cooled the region. While Spain as a whole is heating up quickly, temperatures near the greenhouses have decreased. This example should act as an inspiration for all cities. By painting buildings white, cities may slow down the warming process.‎ In Peru, local farmers around a mountain with a glacier that has already fallen victim to climate change have begun painting the entire mountain peak white in the hope that the added reflectiveness will restore the life-giving ice. The outcome is still far from clear. But the World Bank has included the project on its list of “100 ideas to save the planet”.‎ More ordinary forms of adaptation are happening everywhere. A friend of mine owns an area of land in western Victoria. Over five generations the land has been too wet for cropping. But during the past decade declining rainfall has allowed him to plant highly profitable crops. Farmers in many countries are also adapting like this—either ‎ by growing new produce, or by growing the same things differently. This is common sense. But some suggestions for adapting are not. When the polluting industries argue that we’ve lost the battle to control carbon pollution and have no choice but to adapt, it’s a nonsense designed to make the case for business as usual.‎ Human beings will continue to adapt to the changing climate in both ordinary and astonishing ways. But the most sensible form of adaptation is surely to adapt our energy systems to emit less carbon pollution. After all, if we adapt in that way, we may avoid the need to change in so many others.‎ ‎1.The underlined part in Paragraph 2 implies 　　　. ‎ A.adaptation is an ever-changing process B.the cost of adaptation varies with time C.global warming affects adaptation forms D.adaptation to climate change is challenging ‎2.What is special with regard to Rezwan’s project?‎ A.The project receives government support.‎ B.Different organizations work with each other.‎ C.His organization makes the best of a bad situation.‎ D.The project connects flooded roads and highways.‎ ‎3.What did the Ice Man do to reduce the effect of global warming?‎ A.Storing ice for future use.‎ B.Protecting the glaciers from melting.‎ C.Changing the irrigation time.‎ D.Postponing the melting of the glaciers.‎ ‎4.What do we learn from the Peru example?‎ A.White paint is usually safe for buildings.‎ B.The global warming trend cannot be stopped.‎ C.This country is heating up too quickly.‎ D.Sunlight reflection may relieve global warming.‎ ‎5.According to the author, polluting industries should 　　　. ‎ A.adapt to carbon pollution B.plant highly profitable crops C.leave carbon emission alone D.fight against carbon pollution ‎6.What’s the author’s preferred solution to global warming?‎ A.Setting up a new standard.‎ B.Reducing carbon emission.‎ C.Adapting to climate change.‎ D.Monitoring polluting industries.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.D ‎5.D ‎6.B Unit 2‎ Passage 1(2017江苏,B)词数:346‎ Red-backed fairy wrens(鹪鹩),which live in northern and eastern Australia, lay three or four eggs at a time.‎ Before birth, babies can tell the difference between loud sounds and voices. They can even distinguish their mother’s voice from that of a female stranger. But When it comes to embryonic learning(胎教), birds could rule the roost. As recently reported in The Auk:Ornithological Advances, some mother birds may teach their young to sing even before they hatch(孵化). New-born chicks can then imitate their mom’s call within a few days of entering the world. ‎ This educational method was first observed in 2012 by Sonia Kleindorfer, a biologist at Flinders University in South Australia, and her colleagues. Female Australian superb fairy wrens were found to repeat one sound over and over again while hatching their eggs. When the eggs were hatched,the baby birds made the similar chirp to their mothers—a sound that served as their regular“feed me!”call.‎ To find out if the special quality was more widespread in birds, the researchers sought the red-backed fairy wren, another species of Australian songbird. First they collected sound data from 67 nests in four sites in Queensland before and after hatching. Then they identified begging calls by analyzing the order and number of notes. A computer analysis blindly compared calls produced by mothers and chicks, ranking them by similarity.‎ It turns out that baby red-backed fairy wrens also emerge chirping like their moms. And the more frequently mothers had called to their eggs, the more similar were the babies’ begging calls. In addition, the team set up a separate experiment that suggested that the baby birds that most closely imitated their mom’s voice were rewarded with the most food.‎ This observation hints that effective embryonic learning could signal neurological(神经系统的)strengths of children to parents. An evolutionary inference can then be drawn.“As a parent, do you invest in quality children, or do you invest in children that are in need?”Kleindorfer asks.“Our results suggest that they might be going for quality.”‎ ‎1.The underlined phrase in Paragraph 1 means“　　　”. ‎ A.be the worst　　　B.be the best C.be just as bad　　　D.be just as good ‎2.What are Kleindorfer’s findings based on?‎ A.Similarities between the calls of moms and chicks.‎ B.The observation of fairy wrens across Australia.‎ C.The data collected from Queensland’s locals.‎ D.Controlled experiments on wrens and other birds.‎ ‎3.Embryonic learning helps mother birds to identify the baby birds which　　　. ‎ A.can receive quality signals　　　B.are in need of training C.fit the environment better　　　D.make the loudest call 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.A ‎3.C Passage 2(2016课标全国Ⅰ,C)词数:269‎ I am Peter Hodes,a volunteer stem cell courier. Since March 2012, I’ve done 89 trips—of those, 51 have been abroad. I have 42 hours to carry stem cells(干细胞)in my little box because I’ve got two ice packs and that’s how long they last. In all, from the time the stem cells are harvested from a donor(捐献者)to the time they can be implanted in the patient, we’ve got 72 hours at most. So I am always conscious of time.‎ I had one trip last year where I was caught by a hurricane in America. I picked up the stem cells in Providence, Rhode Island, and was meant to fly to Washington then back to London. But when I arrived at the check-in desk at Providence, the lady on the desk said:“Well, I’m really sorry, I’ve got some bad news for you—there are no flights from Washington.” So I took my box and put it on the desk and I said:“In this box are some stem cells that are urgently needed for a patient—please, please, you’ve got to get me back to the United Kingdom.” She just dropped everything. She arranged for a ‎ flight on a small plane to be held for me, re-routed(改道)me through Newark and got me back to the UK even earlier than originally scheduled.‎ For this courier job,you’re consciously aware that in that box you’ve got something that is potentially going to save somebody’s life.‎ ‎1.Which of the following can replace the underlined word“courier”in Paragraph 1?‎ A.provider　　　B.delivery man C.collector　　　D.medical doctor ‎2.Why does Peter have to complete his trip within 42 hours?‎ A.He cannot stay away from his job too long.‎ B.The donor can only wait for that long.‎ C.The operation needs that much time.‎ D.The ice won’t last any longer.‎ ‎3.Which flight did the woman put Peter on first?‎ A.To London.　　　B.To Newark.‎ C.To Providence.　　　D.To Washington.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.B Passage 3(2016课标全国Ⅱ,B)词数:294‎ Five years ago, when I taught art at a school in Seattle, I used Tinkertoys as a test at the beginning of a term to find out something about my students. I put a small set of Tinkertoys in front of each student, and said:“Make something out of the Tinkertoys. You have 45 minutes today—and 45 minutes each day for the rest of the week.”‎ A few students hesitated to start. They waited to see what the rest of the class would do. Several others checked the instructions and made something according to one of ‎ the model plans provided.Another group built something out of their own imaginations.‎ Once I had a boy who worked experimentally with Tinkertoys in his free time.His constructions filled a shelf in the art classroom and a good part of his bedroom at home. I was delighted at the presence of such a student. Here was an exceptionally creative mind at work. His presence meant that I had an unexpected teaching assistant in class whose creativity would infect(感染)other students.‎ Encouraging this kind of thinking has a downside. I ran the risk of losing those students who had a different style of thinking.Without fail one would declare,“But I’m just not creative.”‎ ‎“Do you dream at night when you’re asleep?”‎ ‎“Oh,sure.”‎ ‎“So tell me one of your most interesting dreams.”The student would tell something wildly imaginative. Flying in the sky or in a time machine or growing three heads.“That’s pretty creative. Who does that for you?”‎ ‎“Nobody. I do it.”‎ ‎“Really—at night, when you’re asleep?”‎ ‎“Sure.”‎ ‎“Try doing it in the daytime, in class, okay?”‎ ‎1.The teacher used Tinkertoys in class in order to　　　. ‎ A.know more about the students B.make the lessons more exciting C.raise the students’ interest in art D.teach the students about toy design ‎2.What do we know about the boy mentioned in Paragraph 3?‎ A.He liked to help his teacher.‎ B.He preferred to study alone.‎ C.He was active in class.‎ D.He was imaginative.‎ ‎3.What does the underlined word“downside”in Paragraph 4 probably mean?‎ A.Mistake.　　　　　B.Drawback.　　　　　C.Difficulty.　　　　　D.Burden.‎ ‎4.Why did the teacher ask the students to talk about their dreams?‎ A.To help them to see their creativity.‎ B.To find out about their sleeping habits.‎ C.To help them to improve their memory.‎ D.To find out about their ways of thinking.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.A Passage 4(2016课标全国Ⅲ,B)词数:323‎ On one of her trips to New York several years ago, Eudora Welty decided to take a couple of New York friends out to dinner. They settled in at a comfortable East Side cafe and within minutes, another customer was approaching their table.‎ ‎“Hey, aren’t you from Mississippi?”the elegant, white-haired writer remembered being asked by the stranger.“I’m from Mississippi too.”‎ Without a second thought, the woman joined the Welty party. When her dinner partner showed up, she also pulled up a chair.‎ ‎“They began telling me all the news of Mississippi,”Welty said.“I didn’t know what my New York friends were thinking.”‎ Taxis on a rainy New York night are rarer than sunshine. By the time the group got up to leave, it was pouring outside. Welty’s new friends immediately sent a waiter to find a cab. Heading back downtown toward her hotel, her big-city friends were amazed at ‎ the turn of events that had changed their Big Apple dinner into a Mississippi state reunion(团聚).‎ ‎“My friend said:‘Now we believe your stories,’”Welty added.“And I said:‘Now you know. These are the people that make me write them.’”‎ Sitting on a sofa in her room, Welty, a slim figure in a simple gray dress, looked pleased with this explanation.‎ ‎“I don’t make them up,”she said of the characters in her fiction these last 50 or so years.“I don’t have to.”‎ Beauticians, bartenders, piano players and people with purple hats, Welty’s people come from afternoons spent visiting with old friends, from walks through the streets of her native Jackson, Miss., from conversations overheard on a bus. It annoys Welty that, at 78, her left ear has now given out. Sometimes, sitting on a bus or a train, she hears only a fragment(片断)of a particularly interesting story.‎ ‎1.What happened when Welty was with her friends at the cafe?‎ A.Two strangers joined her.‎ B.Her childhood friends came in.‎ C.A heavy rain ruined the dinner.‎ D.Some people held a party there.‎ ‎2.The underlined word“them”in Paragraph 6 refers to Welty’s　　　. ‎ A.readers　　　　　B.parties　　　　　C.friends　　　　　D.stories ‎3.What can we learn about the characters in Welty’s fiction?‎ A.They live in big cities.　　　B.They are mostly women.‎ C.They come from real life.　　　D.They are pleasure seekers.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.C Unit 3‎ Passage 1(2016四川,B)词数:242‎ If you could have one superpower, what would it be?‎ Dreaming about whether you would want to read minds, see through walls, or have superhuman strength may sound silly, but it actually gets to the heart of what really matters in your life. ‎ Every day in our work, we are inspired by the people we meet doing extraordinary things to improve the world.‎ They have a different kind of superpower that all of us possess:the power to make a difference in the lives of others.‎ We’re not saying that everyone needs to contribute their lives to the poor. Your lives are busy enough doing homework, playing sports, making friends, seeking after your dreams. But we do think that you can live a more powerful life when you devote some of your time and energy to something much larger than yourself. Find an issue you are interested in and learn more. Volunteer or, if you can, contribute a little money to a cause. Whatever you do, don’t be a bystander. Get involved. You may have the opportunity to make your biggest difference when you’re older. But why not start now?‎ Our own experience working together on health, development, and energy the last twenty years has been one of the most rewarding parts of our lives. It has changed who we are and continues to fuel our optimism about how much the lives of the poorest people will improve in the years ahead.‎ ‎1.What does the underlined part in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A.Your life style.‎ B.Your life value.‎ C.Your trouble in life.‎ D.Your life experience.‎ ‎2.Why does the author say they are inspired every day?‎ A.They possess different kinds of superpowers.‎ B.They have got the power to change the world.‎ C.Some people around them are making the world better.‎ D.There are many powerful people in their life and work.‎ ‎3.What does the author stress in Paragraph 5?‎ A.Learning more and contributing more to a cause.‎ B.Rising above self and acting to help others.‎ C.Working hard to get a bigger opportunity.‎ D.Trying your best to help the poor.‎ ‎4.What can be inferred from the last paragraph?‎ A.The author believes the lives of the poorest will get better.‎ B.Much more progress will be made in the near future.‎ C.The work on health is the most valuable experience.‎ D.People’s efforts have been materially rewarded.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.B ‎4.A Passage 2(2016四川,C)词数:313‎ In the depths of the French Guianese rainforest, there still remain unusual groups of indigenous(土著的)people. Surprisingly, these people live largely by their own laws and their own social customs. And yet, people in this area are in fact French citizens because it has been a colony(殖民地)of the French Republic since 1946. In theory,‎ ‎ they should live by the French law. However, their remote locations mean that the French law is often ignored or unknown, thus making them into an interesting area of“lawlessness”in the world.‎ The lives of these people have finally been recorded thanks to the efforts of a Frenchman from Paris called Gin. Gin spent five months in early 2015 exploring the most remote corners of this area, which sits on the edge of the Amazon rainforest, with half its population of only 250,000 living in its capital, Cayenne.‎ ‎“I have a special love for the French Guianese people. I have worked there on and off for almost ten years,”says Gin.“I’ve been able to keep firm friendships with them. Thus I have been allowed to gain access to their living environment. I don’t see it as a lawless land. But rather I see it as an area of freedom.”‎ ‎“I wanted to show the audience a photographic record touching upon the uncivilized life,”continues Gin.“I prefer to work in black and white, which allows me to show different specific worlds more clearly.”‎ His black-and-white pictures present a world almost lost in time. These pictures show people seemingly pushed into a world that they were unprepared for. These local citizens now have to balance their traditional self-supporting hunting lifestyle with the lifestyle offered by the modern French Republic, which brings with it not only necessary state welfare, but also alcoholism, betrayal and even suicide.‎ ‎1.Why does the author feel surprised about the indigenous people in French Guiana?‎ A.They seldom follow the French law.‎ B.They often ignore the Guianese law.‎ C.They are separated from the modern world.‎ D.They are both Guianese and French citizens.‎ ‎2.Gin introduces the special world of the indigenous Guianese as　　　. ‎ A.a tour guide　　　B.a geographer C.a film director　　　D.a photographer ‎3.What is Gin’s attitude towards the lives of the indigenous Guianese?‎ A.Cautious.　　　B.Doubtful.‎ C.Uninterested.　　　D.Appreciative.‎ ‎4.What does the underlined word “it” in the last paragraph refer to?‎ A.The modern French lifestyle.　　　B.The self-supporting hunting.‎ C.The uncivilized world.　　　D.The French Republic.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.D ‎4.A Passage 3(2016北京,D)词数:443‎ Why College Is Not Home The college years are supposed to be a time for important growth in autonomy(自主性)and the development of adult identity. However, now they are becoming an extended period of adolescence,during which many of today’s students are not shouldered with adult responsibilities.‎ For previous generations, college was a decisive break from parental control;guidance and support needed to come from people of the same age and from within. In the past two decades, however, continued connection with and dependence on family, thanks to cell phones, email and social media, have increased significantly. Some parents go so far as to help with coursework. Instead of promoting the idea of college as a passage from the shelter of the family to autonomy and adult responsibility, universities have given in to the idea that they should provide the same environment as that of the home.‎ To prepare for increased autonomy and responsibility,college needs to be a time of exploration and experimentation. This process involves “trying on” new ways of thinking about oneself both intellectually(在思维方面)and personally. While we should provide “safe spaces” within colleges, we must also make it safe to express opinions and challenge majority views. Intellectual growth and flexibility are fostered by strict debate and questioning.‎ Learning to deal with the social world is equally important. Because a college community(群体)differs from the family, many students will struggle to find a sense of belonging. If students rely on administrators to regulate their social behavior and thinking pattern,they are not facing the challenge of finding an identity within a larger and complex community.‎ Moreover, the tendency for universities to monitor and shape student behavior runs up against another characteristic of young adults:the response to being controlled by their elders. If acceptable social behavior is too strictly defined(规定)and controlled, the insensitive or aggressive behavior that administrators are seeking to minimize may actually be encouraged.‎ It is not surprising that young people are likely to burst out, particularly when there are reasons to do so. Our generation once joined hands and stood firm at times of national emergency. What is lacking today is the conflict between adolescents’ desire for autonomy and their understanding of an unsafe world. Therefore, there is the desire for their dorms to be replacement homes and not places to experience intellectual growth.‎ Every college discussion about community values, social climate and behavior should include recognition of the developmental importance of student autonomy and self-regulation, of the necessary tension between safety and self-discovery.‎ ‎1.What’s the author’s attitude toward continued parental guidance to college students?‎ A.Sympathetic.　　　B.Disapproving.‎ C.Supportive.　　　D.Neutral.‎ ‎2.The underlined word “passage” in Paragraph 2 means　　　. ‎ A.change　　　B.choice C.text　　　D.extension ‎3.According to the author, what role should college play?‎ A.To develop a shared identity among students.‎ B.To define and regulate students’ social behavior.‎ C.To provide a safe world without tension for students.‎ D.To foster students’ intellectual and personal development.‎ ‎4.Which of the following shows the development of ideas in the passage?‎ I:Introduction　P:Point 　Sp:Sub-point(次要点)‎ C:Conclusion 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.A ‎3.D ‎4.C Passage 4(2016天津,C)词数:378‎ When John was growing up, other kids felt sorry for him. His parents always had him weeding the garden, carrying out the garbage and delivering newspapers. But when John reached adulthood, he was better off than his childhood playmates. He had more job satisfaction, a better marriage and was healthier. Most of all, he was happier. Far happier.‎ These are the findings of a 40-year study that followed the lives of 456 teenage boys from Boston. The study showed that those who had worked as boys enjoyed happier and more productive lives than those who had not. “Boys who worked in the home or ‎ community gained competence(能力)and came to feel they were worthwhile members of society,”said George Vaillant, the psychologist(心理学家)who made the discovery. “And because they felt good about themselves, others felt good about them.”‎ Vaillant’s study followed these males in great detail. Interviews were repeated at ages 25, 31 and 47. Under Vaillant, the researchers compared the men’s mental-health scores with their boyhood-activity scores. Points were awarded for part-time jobs, housework, effort in school, and ability to deal with problems.‎ The link between what the men had done as boys and how they turned out as adults was surprisingly sharp. Those who had done the most boyhood activities were twice as likely to have warm relations with a wide variety of people, five times as likely to be well paid and 16 times less likely to have been unemployed. The researchers also found that IQ and family social and economic class made no real difference in how the boys turned out.‎ Working—at any age—is important. Childhood activities help a child develop responsibility, independence, confidence and competence—the underpinnings(基础)of emotional health. They also help him understand that people must cooperate and work toward common goals. The most competent adults are those who know how to do this. Yet work isn’t everything. As Tolstoy once said, “One can live magnificently in this world if one knows how to work and how to love, to work for the person one loves and to love one’s work.”‎ ‎1.What do we know about John?‎ A.He enjoyed his career and marriage.‎ B.He had few childhood playmates.‎ C.He received little love from his family.‎ D.He was envied by others in his childhood.‎ ‎2.Vaillant’s words in Paragraph 2 serve as　　　. ‎ A.a description of personal values and social values B.an analysis of how work was related to competence C.an example for parents’ expectations of their children D.an explanation why some boys grew into happy men ‎3.Vaillant’s team obtained their findings by　　　. ‎ A.recording the boys’ effort in school B.evaluating the men’s mental health C.comparing different sets of scores D.measuring the men’s problem-solving ability ‎4.What does the underlined word “sharp” probably mean in Paragraph 4?‎ A.Quick to react.　　　B.Having a thin edge.‎ C.Clear and definite.　　　D.Sudden and rapid.‎ ‎5.What can be inferred from the last paragraph?‎ A.Competent adults know more about love than work.‎ B.Emotional health is essential to a wonderful adult life.‎ C.Love brings more joy to people than work does.‎ D.Independence is the key to one’s success.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.C ‎4.C ‎5.B Unit 4‎ Passage 1(2016上海,C)词数:425‎ Enough“meaningless drivel”. That’s the message from a group of members of the UK government who have been examining how social media firms like LinkedIn gather and use social media data.‎ The House of Commons Science and Technology Committee’s report, released last week, has blamed firms for making people sign up to long incomprehensible legal contracts and calls for an international standard or kitemark(认证标记)to identify sites that have clear terms and conditions.‎ ‎“The terms and conditions statement that we all carelessly agree to is meaningless drivel to anyone,”says Andrew Miller, the chair of the committee. Instead, he says, firms should provide a plain-English version of their terms. The simplified version would be checked by a third party and awarded a kitemark if it is an accurate reflection of the original.‎ It is not yet clear who would administer the scheme, but the UK government is looking at introducing it on a voluntary basis. “We need to think through how we make that work in practice,”says Miller.‎ Would we pay any more attention to a kitemark?“I think if you went and did the survey, people would like to think they would,”says Nigel Shadbolt at the University of Southampton, UK, who studies open data. “We do know people worry a lot about the inappropriate use of their information.”But what would happen in practice is another matter, he says.‎ Other organisations such as banks ask customers to sign long contracts they may not read or understand, but Miller believes social media requires special attention because it is so new. “We still don’t know how significant the long-term impact is going to be of unwise things that kids put on social media that come back and bite them in 20 years’ time,”he says.‎ Shadbolt, who gave evidence to the committee, says the problem is that we don’t know how companies will use our data because their business models and uses of data still evolving. Large collections of personal information have become valuable only recently, he says.‎ The shock and anger when a social media firm does something with data that people don’t expect, even if users have apparently given permission, show that the current situation isn’t working. If properly administered, a kitemark on terms and conditions could help people know what exactly they are signing up to. Although they would still have to actually read them.‎ ‎1.What does the phrase“meaningless drivel” in paragraphs 1 and 3 refer to?‎ A.Legal contracts that social media firms make people sign up to.‎ B.Warnings from the UK government against unsafe websites.‎ C.Guidelines on how to use social media websites properly.‎ D.Insignificant data collected by social media firms.‎ ‎2.It can be inferred from the passage that Nigel Shadbolt doubts whether　　　. ‎ A.social media firms would conduct a survey on the kitemark scheme B.people would pay as much attention to a kitemark as they think C.a kitemark scheme would be workable on a nationwide scale D.the kitemark would help companies develop their business models ‎3.Andrew Miller thinks social media needs more attention than banks mainly because　　　. ‎ A.their users consist largely of kids under 20 years old B.the language in their contracts is usually harder to understand C.the information they collected could become more valuable in future D.it remains unknown how users’ data will be taken advantage of ‎4.The writer advises users of social media to　　　. ‎ A.think carefully before posting anything onto such websites B.read the terms and conditions even if there is a kitemark C.take no further action if they can find a kitemark D.avoid providing too much personal information ‎5.Which of the following is the best title of the passage?‎ A.Say no to social media?‎ B.New security rules in operation!‎ C.Accept without reading?‎ D.Administration matters!‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.B ‎5.C Passage 2(2015课标全国Ⅱ,A)词数:257‎ My color television has given me nothing but a headache.I was able to buy it a little over a year ago because I had my relatives give me money for my birthday instead of a lot of clothes that wouldn’t fit.I let a salesclerk fool me into buying a discontinued model.I realized this a day later,when I saw newspaper advertisements for the set at seventy-five dollars less than I had paid.The set worked so beautifully when I first got it home that I would keep it on until stations signed off for the night.Fortunately,I didn’t get any channels showing all-night movies or I would never have gotten to bed. ‎ Then I started developing a problem with the set that involved static(静电)noise.For some reason,when certain shows switched into a commercial,a loud noise would sound for a few seconds.Gradually,this noise began to appear during a show,and to get rid of it,I had to change to another channel and then change it back.Sometimes this technique would not work,and I had to pick up the set and shake it to remove the sound.I actually began to build up my arm muscles(肌肉)shaking my set.‎ When neither of these methods removed the static noise,I would sit helplessly and wait for the noise to go away.At last I ended up hitting the set with my fist,and it stopped working altogether.My trip to the repair shop cost me $62,and the set is working well now,but I keep expecting more trouble.‎ ‎1.Why did the author say he was fooled into buying the TV set?‎ A.He got an older model than he had expected.‎ B.He couldn’t return it when it was broken.‎ C.He could have bought it at a lower price.‎ D.He failed to find any movie shows on it.‎ ‎2.Which of the following can best replace the phrase“signed off”in Paragraph 1?‎ A.ended all their programs 　　　B.provided fewer channels C.changed to commercials　　　D.showed all-night movies ‎3.How did the author finally get his TV set working again?‎ A.By shaking and hitting it.　　　B.By turning it on and off.‎ C.By switching channels.　　　D.By having it repaired.‎ ‎4.How does the author sound when telling the story?‎ A.Curious.　　　B.Anxious.‎ C.Cautious.　　　D.Humorous.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.A ‎3.D ‎4.D Passage 3(2015北京,C)词数:450‎ Life in the Clear Transparent animals let light pass through their bodies the same way light passes through a window.These animals typically live between the surface of the ocean and a depth of about 3,300 feet—as far as most light can reach.Most of them are extremely delicate and can be damaged by a simple touch.Sonke Johnsen,a scientist in biology,says,“These animals live through their life alone.They never touch anything unless they’re eating it,or unless something is eating them.”‎ And they are as clear as glass.How does an animal become see-through? It’s trickier than you might think.‎ The objects around you are visible because they interact with light.Light typically travels in a straight line.But some materials slow and scatter(散射)light,bouncing it ‎ away from its original path.Others absorb light,stopping it dead in its tracks.Both scattering and absorption make an object look different from other objects around it,so you can see it easily.‎ But a transparent object doesn’t absorb or scatter light,at least not very much.Light can pass through it without bending or stopping.That means a transparent object doesn’t look very different from the surrounding air or water.You don’t see it—you see the things behind it.‎ To become transparent,an animal needs to keep its body from absorbing or scattering light.Living materials can stop light because they contain pigments(色素)that absorb specific colors of light.But a transparent animal doesn’t have pigments,so its tissues won’t absorb light.According to Johnsen,avoiding absorption is actually easy.The real challenge is preventing light from scattering.‎ Animals are built of many different materials—skin,fat,and more—and light moves through each at a different speed.Every time light moves into a material with a new speed,it bends and scatters.Transparent animals use different tricks to fight scattering.Some animals are simply very small or extremely flat.Without much tissue to scatter light,it is easier to be see-through.Others build a large,clear mass of non-living jelly-like(果冻状的)material and spread themselves over it.‎ Larger transparent animals have the biggest challenge,because they have to make all the different tissues in their bodies slow down light exactly as much as water does.They need to look uniform.But how they’re doing it is still unknown.One thing is clear:for these larger animals,staying transparent is an active process.When they die,they turn a non-transparent milky white.‎ ‎1.According to Paragraph 1, transparent animals　　　. ‎ A.stay in groups　　　B.can be easily damaged C.appear only in deep ocean　　　D.are beautiful creatures ‎2.The underlined word“dead” in Paragraph 3 means　　　. ‎ A.silently　　　　　B.gradually　　　　　C.regularly　　　　　D.completely ‎3.One way for an animal to become transparent is to　　　. ‎ A.change the direction of light travel B.gather materials to scatter light C.avoid the absorption of light D.grow bigger to stop light ‎4.The last paragraph tells us that larger transparent animals　　　. ‎ A.move more slowly in deep water B.stay see-through even after death C.produce more tissues for their survival D.take effective action to reduce light spreading 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.C ‎4.D Passage 4(2015浙江,D)词数:625‎ In 2004,when my daughter Becky was ten,she and my husband,Joe,were united in their desire for a dog.As for me,I shared none of their canine lust.‎ But why,they pleaded.“Because I don’t have time to take care of a dog.”But we’ll do it.“Really?You’re going to walk the dog?Feed the dog?Bathe the dog?”Yes,yes,and yes.“I don’t believe you.”We will.We promise.‎ They didn’t.From day two(everyone wanted to walk the cute puppy that first day),neither thought to walk the dog.While I was slow to accept that I would be the one to keep track of her shots,to schedule her vet appointments,to feed and clean her,Misty knew this on day one.As she looked up at the three new humans in her life(small,medium,and large),she calculated,“The medium one is the sucker in the pack.” ‎ Quickly,she and I developed something very similar to a Vulcan mind meld(心灵融合).She’d look at me with those sad brown eyes of hers,beam her need, and then wait,trusting I would understand—which,strangely,I almost always did.In no time,she became my fifth appendage(附肢),snoring on my home-office couch as I worked,cradling against my feet as I read,and splaying across my stomach as I watched television.‎ Even so,part of me continued to resent walking duty.Joe and Becky had promised.Not fair,I’d balk(不心甘情愿地做)silently as she and I walked.“Not fair,”I’d loudly remind anyone within earshot upon our return home.‎ Then one day—January 1,2007,to be exact—my husband’s doctor uttered an unthinkable word:leukemia(白血病).With that, I spent eight to ten hours a day with Joe in the hospital,doing anything and everything I could to ease his discomfort.During those six months of hospitalizations,Becky,12 at the time,adjusted to other adults being in the house when she returned from school.My work colleagues adjusted to my taking off at a moment’s notice for medical emergencies.Every part of my life changed;no part of my old routine remained.‎ Save one:Misty still needed walking.At the beginning,when friends offered to take her through her paces,I declined because I knew they had their own households to deal with.‎ As the months went by,I began to realize that I actually wanted to walk Misty.The walk in the morning before I headed to the hospital was a quiet,peaceful time to gather my thoughts or to just be before the day’s medical drama unfolded.The evening walk was a time to shake off the day’s upsets and let the worry tracks in my head go to white noise.‎ When serious illness visits your household,it’s not just your daily routine and your assumptions about the future that are no longer familiar.Pretty much everyone you know acts differently.‎ Not Misty.Take her for a walk,and she had no interest in Joe’s blood counts or bone marrow test results.On the street or in the park,she had only one thing on her mind:squirrels!She was so joyous that even on the worst days,she could make me smile.On a daily basis,she reminded me that life goes on.‎ After Joe died in 2009,Misty slept on his pillow.‎ I’m grateful—to a point.The truth is,after years of balking,I’ve come to enjoy my walks with Misty.As I watch her chase after a squirrel,throwing her whole being into the here-and-now of an exercise that has never once ended in victory,she reminds me,too,that no matter how harsh the present or unpredictable the future,there’s almost always some measure of joy to be extracted from the moment.‎ ‎1.Why didn’t the writer agree to raise a dog at the beginning of the story?‎ A.She was afraid the dog would get the family into trouble.‎ B.It would be her business to take care of the dog.‎ C.Her husband and daughter were united as one.‎ D.She didn’t want to spoil her daughter.‎ ‎2.Which of the following is the closest in meaning to“The medium one is the sucker in the pack.”(Paragraph 3)?‎ A.“The middle-aged person loves me most.”‎ B.“The medium-sized woman is the hostess.”‎ C.“The man in the middle is the one who has the final say.”‎ D.“The woman is the kind and trustworthy one in the family.”‎ ‎3.It can be inferred from Paragraph 3 that　　　. ‎ A.Misty was quite clever B.Misty could solve math problems C.the writer was a slow learner D.no one walked Misty the first day ‎4.The story came to its turning point when　　　. ‎ A.Joe died in 2009‎ B.Joe fell ill in 2007‎ C.the writer began to walk the dog D.the dog tried to please the writer ‎5.Why did the writer continue to walk Misty while Joe was in hospital?‎ A.Misty couldn’t live without her.‎ B.Her friends didn’t offer any help.‎ C.The walk provided her with spiritual comfort.‎ D.She didn’t want Misty to be others’ companion.‎ ‎6.What is the message the writer wants to convey in the passage?‎ A.One should learn to enjoy hard times.‎ B.A disaster can change everything in life.‎ C.Moments of joy suggest that there is still hope ahead.‎ D.People will change their attitude toward you when you are in difficulty.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.A ‎4.B ‎5.C ‎6.C Unit 5‎ Passage 1(2015安徽,D)词数:264‎ There are an extremely large number of ants worldwide.Each individual(个体的)ant hardly weighs anything,but put together they weigh roughly the same as all of mankind.They also live nearly everywhere,except on frozen mountain tops and around the poles.For animals their size,ants have been astonishingly successful,largely due to their wonderful social behavior.‎ In colonies(群体)that range in size from a few hundred to tens of millions,they organize their lives with a clear division of labor.Even more amazing is how they achieve this level of organization.Where we use sound and sight to communicate,ants depend primarily on pheromones(外激素),chemicals sent out by individuals and smelled or tasted by fellow members of their colony.When an ant finds food,it produces a pheromone that will lead others straight to where the food is.When an individual ant comes under attack or is dying,it sends out an alarm pheromone to warn the colony to prepare for a conflict as a defense unit.‎ In fact,when it comes to the art of war,ants have no equal.They are completely fearless and will readily take on a creature much larger than themselves,attacking in large groups and overcoming their target.Such is their devotion to the common good of the colony that not only soldier ants but also worker ants will sacrifice their lives to help defeat an enemy. ‎ Behaving in this selfless and devoted manner,these little creatures have survived on Earth for more than 140 million years,far longer than dinosaurs.Because they think as one,they have a collective(集体的)intelligence greater than you would expect from its individual parts.‎ ‎1.We can learn from the passage that ants are　　　. ‎ A.not willing to share food B.not found around the poles C.more successful than all other animals D.too many to achieve any level of organization ‎2.Ants can use pheromones for　　　. ‎ A.escape　　　B.communication C.warning enemies　　　D.arranging labor ‎3.What does the underlined expression“take on”in Paragraph 3 mean?‎ A.Accept.　　　　　B.Employ.　　　　　C.Play with.　　　　　D.Fight against.‎ ‎4.Which of the following contributes most to the survival of ants?‎ A.Their behavior.　　　B.Their size.‎ C.Their number.　　　D.Their weight.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.A Passage 2(2015福建,D)词数:317‎ Life can be so wonderful,full of adventure and joy.It can also be full of challenges,setbacks(挫折)and heartbreaks.Whatever our circumstances,we generally still have dreams,hopes and desires—that little something more we want for ourselves and our loved ones.Yet knowing we can have more can also create a problem,because when we go to change the way we do things,up come the old patterns and pitfalls(陷阱)that stopped us from seeking what we wanted in the first place.‎ This tension between what we feel we can have and what we’re seemingly able to have is the niggling(烦人的)suffering,the anxiety we feel.This is where we usually think it’s easier to just give up.But we’re never meant to let go of the part of us that knows we can have more.The intelligence behind that knowing is us—the real us.It’s the part that believes in life and its possibilities.If you drop that,you begin to feel a little“dead”inside because you’re dropping“you”.‎ So,if we have this capability but somehow life seems to keep us stuck,how do we break these patterns?‎ Decide on a new course and make one decision at a time.This is good advice for a new adventure or just getting through today’s challenges.‎ While,deep down,we know we can do it,our mind—or the minds of those close to us—usually says we can’t.That isn’t a reason to stop,it’s just the mind,that little man ‎ or woman on your shoulder,trying to talk you out of something again.It has done it many times before.It’s all about starting simple and doing it now.‎ Decide and act before overthinking.When you do this you may feel a little,or large,release from the jail of your mind and you’ll be on your way. ‎ ‎1.It can be inferred from the first two paragraphs that we should　　　. ‎ A.slow down and live a simple life B.be careful when we choose to change C.stick to our dreams under any circumstances D.be content with what we already have ‎2.What is the key to breaking the old patterns?‎ A.To focus on every detail.‎ B.To decide and take immediate action.‎ C.To listen to those close to us.‎ D.To think twice before we act.‎ ‎3.Which of the following best explains the underlined part in the last paragraph?‎ A.Escape from your punishment.‎ B.Realization of your dreams.‎ C.Freedom from your tension.‎ D.Reduction of your expectations.‎ ‎4.What does the author intend to tell us?‎ A.It’s easier than we think to get what we want.‎ B.It’s important to learn to accept sufferings in life.‎ C.It’s impractical to change our way of thinking.‎ D.It’s harder than we expect to follow a new course.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.B ‎3.C ‎4.A Passage 3(2015湖北,B)词数:385‎ What Theresa Loe is doing proves that a large farm isn’t a prerequisite for a modern grow-your-own lifestyle.On a mere 1/10 of an acre in Los Angeles,Loe and her family grow,can(装罐)and preserve much of the food they consume.‎ Loe is a master food preserver,gardener and canning expert.She also operates a website,where she shares her tips and recipes,with the goal of demonstrating that everyone has the ability to control what’s on their plate.‎ Loe initially went to school to become an engineer,but she quickly learned that her enthusiasm was mainly about growing and preparing her own food.“I got into cooking my own food and started growing my own herbs(香草)and foods for that fresh flavor,”she said.Engineer by day,Loe learned cooking at night school.She ultimately purchased a small piece of land with her husband and began growing their own foods.‎ ‎“I teach people how to live farm-fresh without a farm,”Loe said.Through her website Loe emphasizes that“anybody can do this anywhere.”Got an apartment with a balcony(阳台)?Plant some herbs.A window?Perfect spot for growing.Start with herbs,she recommends,because“they’re very forgiving.”Just a little of the herbs“can take your regular cooking to a whole new level,”she added.“I think it’s a great place to start.”Then?Try growing something from a seed,she said,like a tomato or some tea.‎ Canning is a natural extension of the planting she does.With every planted food,Loe noted,there’s a moment when it’s bursting with its absolute peak flavor.“I try and keep it in a time capsule in a canning jar,”Loe said.“Canning for me is about knowing what’s in your food,knowing where it comes from.”‎ In addition to being more in touch with the food she’s eating,another joy comes from passing this knowledge and this desire for good food to her children:“Influencing them and telling them your opinion on not only being careful what we eat but ‎ understanding the bigger picture,”she said,“that if we don’t take care of the earth,no one will.” ‎ ‎1.The underlined word“prerequisite”(Para.1)is closest in meaning to“　　　”. ‎ A.recipe　　　　　B.substitute　　　　　C.requirement　　　　　D.challenge ‎2.Why does Loe suggest starting with herbs?‎ A.They are used daily.‎ B.They are easy to grow.‎ C.They can grow very tall.‎ D.They can be eaten uncooked.‎ ‎3.According to Loe, what is the benefit of canning her planted foods?‎ A.It can preserve their best flavor.‎ B.It can promote her online sales.‎ C.It can better her cooking skills.‎ D.It can improve their nutrition.‎ ‎4.What is the“the bigger picture”(Para.6)that Loe wishes her children to understand?‎ A.The knowledge about good food.‎ B.The way to live a grow-our-own life.‎ C.The joy of getting in touch with foods.‎ D.The responsibility to protect our earth.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.B ‎3.A ‎4.D Passage 4(2015湖南,A)词数:351‎ Forget Cyclists, Pedestrians Are Real Danger We are having a debate about this topic. Here are some letters from our readers.‎ ‎■Yes,many cyclists behave dangerously.Many drivers are disrespectful of cyclists.But pedestrians are probably the worse offenders.‎ People of all ages happily walk along the pavement with eyes and hands glued to the mobile phone,quite unaware of what is going on around them.They may even do the same thing while crossing a road at a pedestrian crossing or elsewhere.The rest of us have to evade(避让)them or just stand still to wait for the unavoidable collision.‎ The real problem is that some pedestrians seem to be,at least for the moment,in worlds of their own that are,to them,much more important than the welfare of others.‎ ‎—Michael Horan ‎■I loved the letter from Bob Brooks about cyclists(Viewpoints,May 29).I am afraid they seem to think they own the roads.‎ I was walking across Altrincham Road one morning when a cyclist went round me and on being asked what he was doing he shouted at me.‎ The government built a cycle lane on the road but it is hardly used.‎ The police do nothing.What a laugh they are!‎ The cyclists should all have to be made to use the cycle lanes and wear helmets,fluorescent(发荧光的)jackets and lights at night and in the morning.They should pay some sort of tax and be fined for not wearing them.‎ ‎—Carol Harvey ‎■Cyclists jump on and off pavements(which are meant for pedestrians),ride at speed along the pavements,and think they have a special right to go through traffic lights when they are on red.‎ I was almost knocked down recently by a cyclist riding on the pavement when there was a cycle lane right next to him.‎ Other road users,including horse riders,manage to obey the rules so why not cyclists?‎ It’s about time they had to be registered and insured,so when they do hit a pedestrian or a vehicle,or cause an accident,at least they can be traced and there might be an opportunity to claim.‎ ‎—JML Write to Viewpoints of the newspaper.‎ ‎1.Michael Horan wrote the letter mainly to show that　　　. ‎ A.drivers should be polite to cyclists B.road accidents can actually be avoided C.some pedestrians are a threat to road safety D.walking while using phones hurts one’s eyes ‎2.Carol Harvey suggests that cyclists should　　　. ‎ A.be provided with enough roads B.be asked to ride on their own lanes C.be made to pay less tax for cycling D.be fined for laughing at policemen ‎3.What is a complaint of JML?‎ A.Very few drivers are insured.‎ B.Cyclists ride fast on pavements.‎ C.Pedestrians go through red traffic lights.‎ D.Horse riders disrespect other road users.‎ ‎4.The underlined word“they”in the third letter refers to　　　. ‎ A.accidents　　　B.vehicles C.pedestrians　　　D.cyclists ‎5.The three letters present viewpoints on　　　. ‎ A.real sources of road dangers B.ways to improve road facilities C.measures to punish road offences D.increased awareness of road rules 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.B ‎3.B ‎4.D ‎5.A Unit 6‎ Passage 1(2015湖南,B)词数:357‎ In its early history,Chicago had floods frequently,especially in the spring,making the streets so muddy that people,horses,and carts got stuck.An old joke that was popular at the time went something like this:A man is stuck up to his waist in a muddy Chicago street.Asked if he needs help,he replies,“No,thanks.I’ve got a good horse under me.”‎ The city planners decided to build an underground drainage(排水)system,but there simply wasn’t enough difference between the height of the ground level and the water level.The only two options were to lower the Chicago River or raise the city.‎ An engineer named Ellis Chesbrough convinced the city that it had no choice but to build the pipes above ground and then cover them with dirt.This raised the level of the city’s streets by as much as 12 feet.‎ This of course created a new problem:dirt practically buried the first floors of every building in Chicago.Building owners were faced with a choice:either change the first floors of their buildings into basements,and the second stories into main floors,or hoist the entire buildings to meet the new street level.Small wood-frame buildings could be lifted fairly easily.But what about large,heavy structures like the Tremont Hotel,which was a six-story brick building?‎ That’s where George Pullman came in.He had developed some house-moving skills successfully.To lift a big structure like the Tremont Hotel,Pullman would place thousands of jackscrews(螺旋千斤顶)beneath the building’s foundation.One man was assigned to operate each section of roughly 10 jackscrews.At Pullman’s signal each man turned his jackscrew the same amount at the same time,thereby raising the building slowly and evenly.Astonishingly,the Tremont Hotel stayed open during the entire operation,and many of its guests didn’t even notice anything was happening.‎ Some people like to say that every problem has a solution.But in Chicago’s early history,every engineering solution seemed to create a new problem.Now that Chicago’s waste water was draining efficiently into the Chicago River,the city’s next step was to clean the polluted river.‎ ‎1.The author mentions the joke to show　　　. ‎ A.horses were fairly useful in Chicago B.Chicago’s streets were extremely muddy C.Chicago was very dangerous in the spring D.the Chicago people were particularly humorous ‎2.The city planners were convinced by Ellis Chesbrough to 　　　. ‎ A.get rid of the street dirt B.lower the Chicago River C.fight against heavy floods D.build the pipes above ground ‎3.The underlined word“hoist”in Paragraph 4 means“　　　”. ‎ A.change　　　　　B.lift　　　　　C.repair　　　　　D.decorate ‎4.What can we conclude about the moving operation of the Tremont Hotel?‎ A.It went on smoothly as intended.‎ B.It interrupted the business of the hotel.‎ C.It involved Pullman turning ten jackscrews.‎ D.It separated the building from its foundation.‎ ‎5.The passage is mainly about early Chicago’s　　　. ‎ A.popular life styles and their influences B.environmental disasters and their causes C.engineering problems and their solutions D.successful businessmen and their achievements 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.A ‎5.C Passage 2(2015陕西,D)词数:296‎ Parents who help their children with homework may actually be bringing down their school grades.Other forms of parental involvement,including volunteering at school and observing a child’s class,also fail to help,according to the most recent study on the topic. ‎ The findings challenge a key principle of modern parenting(养育子女)where schools expect them to act as partners in their children’s education.Previous generations concentrated on getting children to school on time,fed,dressed and ready to learn.‎ Keith Robinson,the author of the study,said,“I really don’t know if the public is ready for this but there are some ways parents can be involved in their kids’ education that leads to declines in their academic performance.One of the things that was consistently negative was parents’ help with homework.”Robinson suggested that may be because parents themselves struggle to understand the tasks.“They may either not remember the material their kids are studying now,or in some cases never learnt it themselves,but they’re still offering advice.”‎ Robinson assessed parental involvement performance and found one of the most damaging things a parent could do was to punish their children for poor marks.In ‎ general,about 20% of parental involvement was positive,about 45% negative and the rest statistically insignificant.‎ Common sense suggests it was a good thing for parents to get involved because“children with good academic success do have involved parents”,admitted Robinson.But he argued that this did not prove parental involvement was the root cause of that success.“A big surprise was that Asian-American parents whose kids are doing so well in school hardly involved.They took a more reasonable approach,conveying to their children how success at school could improve their lives.”‎ ‎1.The underlined expression“parental involvement”in Paragraph 1 probably means　　　. ‎ A.parents’ expectation on children’s health B.parents’ participation in children’s education C.parents’ control over children’s life D.parents’ plan for children’ future ‎2.What is the major finding of Robinson’s study?‎ A.Modern parents raise children in a more scientific way.‎ B.Punishing kids for bad marks is mentally damaging.‎ C.Parental involvement is not so beneficial as expected.‎ D.Parents are not able to help with children’s homework.‎ ‎3.The example of Asian-American parents implies that parents should　　　. ‎ A.help children realize the importance of schooling B.set a specific life goal for their children C.spend more time improving their own lives D.take a more active part in school management 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.A Passage 3(2015四川,B)词数:286‎ Nothing could stop Dad.After he was put on disability for a bad back,he bought a small farm in the country,just enough to grow food for the family.He planted vegetables,fruit trees and even kept bees for honey.‎ And every week he cleaned Old Man McColgin’s chicken house in exchange for manure(肥料).The smell really burned the inside of your nose.When we complained about the terrible smell,Dad said the stronger the manure,the healthier the crops,and he was right.For example,just one of his cantaloupes filled the entire house with its sweet smell,and the taste was even sweeter.‎ As the vegetables started coming in,Dad threw himself into cooking.One day,armed with a basket of vegetables,he announced he was going to make stew(炖菜).Dad pulled out a pressure cooker and filled it up with cabbages,eggplants,potatoes,corns,onions and carrots.For about half an hour,the pressure built and the vegetables cooked.Finally,Dad turned off the stove,the pot began to cool and the pressure relief valve sprayed out a cloud of steam.If we thought Dad’s pile of chicken manure was bad,this was 10 times worse.When Dad took off the lid,the smell nearly knocked us out.‎ Dad carried the pot out and we opened doors and windows to air out the house.Just how bad was it?The neighbors came out of their houses to see if we had a gas leak!‎ Determined,Dad filled our plates with steaming stew and passed them around.It didn’t look that bad,and after the first wave had shut down my ability to smell,it didn’t offend the nose so much,either.I took a taste.It would never win a prize in a cooking competition,but it was surprisingly edible,and we drank up every last drop of soup!‎ ‎1.Why did Dad clean Old Man McColgin’s chicken house regularly?‎ A.To earn some money for the family.‎ B.To collect manure for his crops.‎ C.To get rid of the terrible smell.‎ D.To set a good example to us.‎ ‎2.What can we infer about Dad’s stew?‎ A.It is popular among the neighbors.‎ B.It contains honey and vegetables.‎ C.It looks very wonderful.‎ D.It tastes quite delicious.‎ ‎3.What does the underlined word“offend”in the last paragraph mean?‎ A.To attract.　　　B.To upset.‎ C.To air.　　　D.To shut.‎ ‎4.What can we learn about Dad from the text?‎ A.He is an experienced cook.‎ B.He is a troublesome father.‎ C.He has a positive attitude to life.‎ D.He suffers a lot from his disability.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 4(2015四川,D)词数:320‎ Their cheery song brightens many a winter’s day.But robins are in danger of wearing themselves out by singing too much.Robins are singing all night—as well as during the day,British-based researchers say.‎ David Dominoni,of Glasgow University,said that light from street lamps,takeaway signs and homes is affecting the birds’ biological clocks,leading to them being wide awake when they should be asleep.‎ Dr Dominoni,who is putting cameras inside nesting boxes to track sleeping patterns,said lack of sleep could put the birds’ health at risk.His study shows that when robins are exposed to light at night in the lab,it leads to some genes being active at the wrong time of day.And the more birds are exposed to light,the more active they are at night.‎ He told people at a conference,“There have been a couple of studies suggesting they are increasing their song output at night and during the day they are still singing.Singing is a costly behaviour and it takes energy.So by increasing their song output,there might be some costs of energy.”‎ And it is not just robins that are being kept awake by artificial light.Blackbirds and seagulls are also being more nocturnal.Dr Dominoni said,“In Glasgow where I live,gulls are a serious problem.I have people coming to me saying‘You are the bird expert.Can you help us kill these gulls?’.During the breeding(繁殖)season,between April and June,they are very active at night and very noisy and people can’t sleep.”‎ Although Dr Dominoni has only studied light pollution,other research concluded that robins living in noisy cities have started to sing at night to make themselves heard over loud noise.‎ However,some birds thrive(兴旺)in noisy environments.A study from California Polytechnic University found more hummingbirds in areas with heavy industrial machinery.It is thought that they are capitalising on their predators(天敌)fleeing to quieter areas.‎ ‎1.According to Dr Dominoni’s study, what causes robins to sing so much?‎ A.The breeding season.‎ B.The light in modern life.‎ C.The dangerous environment.‎ D.The noise from heavy machinery.‎ ‎2.What is the researchers’ concern over the increase of birds’ song output?‎ A.The environment might be polluted.‎ B.The birds’ health might be damaged.‎ C.The industry cost might be increased.‎ D.The people’s hearing might be affected.‎ ‎3.What does the underlined word“nocturnal”in Paragraph 5 mean?‎ A.Active at night.　　　B.Inactive at night.‎ C.Active during the day.　　　D.Inactive during the day.‎ ‎4.Why do some birds thrive in noisy environments?‎ A.Because there are fewer dangers.‎ B.Because there is more food to eat.‎ C.Because there is less light pollution.‎ D.Because there are more places to take shelter.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.B ‎3.A ‎4.A Unit 7‎ Passage 1(2015四川,E)词数:404‎ No one is sure how the ancient Egyptians built the pyramids near Cairo.But a new study suggests they used a little rock‘n’roll.Long-ago builders could have attached wooden poles to the stones and rolled them across the sand,the scientists say.‎ ‎“Technically,I think what they’re proposing is possible,”physicist Daniel Bonn said.‎ People have long puzzled over how the Egyptians moved such huge rocks.And there’s no obvious answer.On average,each of the two million big stones weighed about as much as a large pickup truck.The Egyptians somehow moved the stone blocks to the pyramid site from about one kilometer away.‎ The most popular view is that Egyptian workers slid the blocks along smooth paths.Many scientists suspect workers first would have put the blocks on sleds(滑板).Then they would have dragged them along paths.To make the work easier,workers may have lubricated the paths either with wet clay or with the fat from cattle.Bonn has now tested this idea by building small sleds and dragging heavy objects over sand. ‎ Evidence from the sand supports this idea.Researchers found small amounts of fat,as well as a large amount of stone and the remains of paths.‎ However,physicist Joseph West thinks there might have been a simpler way,who led the new study.West said,“I was inspired while watching a television program showing how sleds might have helped with pyramid construction.I thought,‘Why don’t they just try rolling the things?’”A square could be turned into a rough sort of wheel by attaching wooden poles to its sides,he realized.That,he notes,should make a block of stone“a lot easier to roll than a square”.‎ So he tried it.‎ He and his students tied some poles to each of four sides of a 30-kilogram stone block.That action turned the block into somewhat a wheel.Then they placed the block on the ground.‎ They wrapped one end of a rope around the block and pulled.The researchers found they could easily roll the block along different kinds of paths.They calculated that rolling the block required about as much force as moving it along a slippery(滑的)path.‎ West hasn’t tested his idea on larger blocks,but he thinks rolling has clear advantages over sliding.At least,workers wouldn’t have needed to carry cattle fat or water to smooth the paths.‎ ‎1.It’s widely believed that the stone blocks were moved to the pyramid site by　　　. ‎ A.rolling them on roads B.pushing them over the sand C.sliding them on smooth paths D.dragging them on some poles ‎2.The underlined part“lubricated the paths”in Paragraph 4 means　　　. ‎ A.made the paths wet　　　B.made the paths hard C.made the paths wide　　　D.made the paths slippery ‎3.What does the underlined word“it”in Paragraph 7 refer to?‎ A.Rolling the blocks with poles attached.‎ B.Rolling the blocks on wooden wheels.‎ C.Rolling poles to move the blocks.‎ D.Rolling the blocks with fat.‎ ‎4.Why is rolling better than sliding according to West?‎ A.Because more force is needed for sliding.‎ B.Because rolling work can be done by fewer cattle.‎ C.Because sliding on smooth roads is more dangerous.‎ D.Because less preparation on paths is needed for rolling.‎ ‎5.What is the text mainly about?‎ A.An experiment on ways of moving blocks to the pyramid site.‎ B.An application of the method of moving blocks to the pyramid site.‎ C.An argument about different methods of moving blocks to the pyramid site.‎ D.An introduction to a possible new way of moving blocks to the pyramid site.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.D ‎3.A ‎4.D ‎5.D Passage 2(2015广东,D)词数:321‎ It was once common to regard Britain as a society with class distinction.Each class had unique characteristics.‎ In recent years,many writers have begun to speak of the‘decline of class’and ‘classless society’in Britain.And in modern day consumer society everyone is considered to be middle class.‎ But pronouncing the death of class is too early.A recent wide-ranging study of public opinion found 90 percent of people still placing themselves in a particular class;73 percent agreed that class was still a vital part of British society;and 52 percent thought there were still sharp class differences.Thus,class may not be culturally and politically obvious,yet it remains an important part of British society.Britain seems to have a love of stratification. ‎ One unchanging aspect of a British person’s class position is accent.The words a person speaks tell her or his class.A study of British accents during the 1970s found that a voice sounding like a BBC newsreader was viewed as the most attractive voice.Most people said this accent sounded‘educated’and‘soft’.The accents placed at the bottom in this study,on the other hand,were regional(地区的)city accents.These accents were seen as‘common’and‘ugly’.However,a similar study of British accents in the US turned these results upside down and placed some regional accents as the most attractive and BBC English as the least.This suggests that British attitudes towards accent have deep roots and are based on class prejudice.‎ In recent years,however,young upper middle-class people in London,have begun to adopt some regional accents,in order to hide their class origins.This is an indication of class becoming unnoticed.However,the 1995 pop song‘Common People’puts forward the view that though a middle-class person may ‘want to live like common people’they can never appreciate the reality of a working-class life.‎ ‎1.A recent study of public opinion shows that in modern Britain　　　. ‎ A.it is time to end class distinction B.most people belong to middle class C.it is easy to recognize a person’s class D.people regard themselves socially different ‎2.The word stratification in Paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to　　　. ‎ A.variety　　　B.division C.authority　　　D.qualification ‎3.The study in the US showed that BBC English was regarded as　　　. ‎ A.regional　　　B.educated C.prejudiced　　　D.unattractive ‎4.British attitudes towards accent　　　. ‎ A.have a long tradition B.are based on regional status C.are shared by the Americans D.have changed in recent years ‎5.What is the main idea of the passage?‎ A.The middle class is expanding.‎ B.A person’s accent reflects his class.‎ C.Class is a key part of British society.‎ D.Each class has unique characteristics.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.A ‎5.C Passage 3(2015重庆,D)词数:277‎ There are many places to go on safari(观赏野生动物)in Africa,but riding a horse through the flooded waters of Botswana’s Okavango Delta must rank as one of the world’s most exciting wildlife journeys.‎ Several safari camps operate as the base for this adventure,providing unique rides twice a day to explore deep into the delta.The camps have excellent horses,professional guides and lots of support workers.They have a reputation for providing a great riding experience.‎ The morning ride,when the guides take you to beautiful,shallow lakes full of water lilies,tends to be more active.It is unlike any other riding experience.With rainbows forming in the splashing water around you and the sound of huge drops of water bouncing off your body and face,it is truly exciting.You are very likely to come across large wild animals,too.On horseback it is possible to get quite close to elephants,giraffes and many other animals.The sense of excitement and tension levels rise suddenly though,as does your heart rate,as you move closer to them.‎ In the evening,rides are usually at a more relaxed and unhurried pace,with golden light streaming across the grassy delta and the animals coming out to eat and drink.Sedate though they are,rides at this time of day are still very impressive.As the sun’s rays pass through the dust kicked up by the horses,the romance of Africa comes to life.‎ Back at the camp you can kick off your boots and enjoy excellent food and wine.Looking back on your day,you will find it hard to deny that a horseback safari is as close as you will ever come to answering the call of the wild.‎ ‎1.What does the underlined word“They”refer to?‎ A.Flooded waters.　　　B.Wildlife journeys.‎ C.Safari camps.　　　D.Unique rides.‎ ‎2.What does the author find most exciting about a horseback safari?‎ A.Seeing and feeling the real African life.‎ B.Enjoying good food and wine at the camp.‎ C.Hunting large animals just as our ancestors did.‎ D.Being part of the scene and getting close to animals.‎ ‎3.What does the underlined word“Sedate”probably mean?‎ A.Wild and romantic.　　　B.Slow and peaceful.‎ C.Hungry and thirsty.　　　D.Active and excited.‎ ‎4.The author introduces the riding experience in the Okavango Delta mainly by　　　. ‎ A.following space order　　　B.following time order C.making classifications　　　D.giving examples 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.B Passage 4(2014课标全国Ⅰ,B)词数:298‎ Passenger pigeons(旅鸽)once flew over much of the United States in unbelievable numbers.Written accounts from the 18th and 19th centuries described flocks(群)so large that they darkened the sky for hours.‎ It was calculated that when its population reached its highest point,there were more than 3 billion passenger pigeons—a number equal to 24 to 40 percent of the total bird population in the United States,making it perhaps the most abundant bird in the world.Even as late as 1870 when their numbers had already become smaller,a flock believed to be 1 mile wide and 320 miles(about 515 kilometers)long was seen near Cincinnati.‎ Sadly,the abundance of passenger pigeons may have been their undoing.Where the birds were most abundant,people believed there was an ever-lasting supply and killed them by the thousands.Commercial hunters attracted them to small clearings with grain,waited until pigeons had settled to feed,then threw large nets over them,taking hundreds at a time.The birds were shipped to large cities and sold in restaurants.‎ By the closing decades of the 19th century,the hardwood forests where passenger pigeons nested had been damaged by Americans’ need for wood,which scattered(驱散)the flocks and forced the birds to go farther north,where cold temperatures and spring storms contributed to their decline.Soon the great flocks were gone,never to be seen again.‎ In 1897,the state of Michigan passed a law prohibiting the killing of passenger pigeons,but by then,no sizable flocks had been seen in the state for 10 years.The last confirmed wild pigeon in the United States was shot by a boy in Pike County,Ohio,in 1900.For a time,a few birds survived under human care.The last of them,known affectionately as Martha,died at the Cincinnati Zoological Garden on September 1,1914.‎ ‎1.In the 18th and early 19th centuries, passenger pigeons　　　. ‎ A.were the biggest bird in the world B.lived mainly in the south of America C.did great harm to the natural environment D.were the largest bird population in the US ‎2.The underlined word “undoing”probably refers to the pigeons’　　　. ‎ A.escape　　　 B.ruin C.liberation　　　D.evolution ‎3.What was the main reason for people to kill passenger pigeons?‎ A.To seek pleasure.　　　B.To save other birds.‎ C.To make money.　　　D.To protect crops.‎ ‎4.What can we infer about the law passed in Michigan?‎ A.It was ignored by the public.　　　B.It was declared too late.‎ C.It was unfair.　　　 D.It was strict.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.C ‎4.B ‎【三年模拟】‎ A组　2017—2019年模拟·基础题组 Passage 1(2019浙江杭州高三一模,B)‎ Throughout history, artists, inventors, writers and scientists have solved problems in their dreams. Now, let’s have a look at some of them together.‎ ‎1.Paul McCartney Found Yesterday in a dream Paul McCartney is one of the most famous singers/songwriters of all time. According to the Guinness Book of Records, his Beatles song Yesterday(1965)has the most cover(翻唱)versions of any song ever written and, according to record label BMI,was performed over seven million times in the 20th century.‎ The tune for Yesterday came to Paul McCartney in a dream.‎ ‎“I woke up with a lovely tune in my head. I thought, ‘That’s great. I wonder what that is.’ There was an upright piano next to me, to the right of my bed by the window. I got out of bed, sat at the piano, found G, found F sharp minor...and that leads me through then to B to E minor, and finally back to E. It all leads forward logically. I liked the melody a lot, but because I’d dreamed it, I couldn’t believe I’d written it. I thought, ‘No, I’ve never written anything like this before.’ But I had the tune, which was the most magic thing!”‎ ‎2.Mary Shelley’s Frankentein Inspired by a Dream In the summer of 1816, nineteen-year-old Mary Wollstonecraft Godwin and her lover, the poet Percy Shelley(whom she married later that year), visited the poet Lord Byron at his villa beside Lake Geneva in Switzerland. Stormy weather frequently forced them indoors, where they and Byron’s other guests sometimes read from a volume of ghost stories. One evening, Byron challenged his guests to each write one themselves.‎ Mary’s story, inspired by a dream, became Frankentein(《科学怪人》).‎ ‎“When I placed my head upon my pillow, I did not sleep, nor could I be said to think—My eyes shut, I saw—with my acute mental vision—the pale student of unholy arts kneeling beside the thing he had put together. I saw the ugly figure of a man stretch out, and then, on the working of some powerful engine, show signs of life, and tremble with an uneasy motion, extremely frightful. The next morning I announced that I had thought of a story. I began that day with the words, ‘It was on a dull night of November’, making only a transcript(文字稿)of the cruel terror of my waking dream.”‎ ‎1.We can learn from the whole passage that　　　. ‎ A.some great stories, poems and songs were created while their writers slept B.Paul McCartney likes writing songs in dreams C.Frankentein was written by Byron’s guests D.Byron was an ugly frightful Frankentein ‎2.The underlined word“melody”has the similar meaning to　　　. ‎ A.dream　　　　　B.song　　　　　C.tune　　　　　D.instrument ‎3.Which is the best title of the whole passage?‎ A.The greatest writers B.The most famous song and story C.Great dreams that come true D.How to dream 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.C ‎3.C Passage 2(2019浙江温州十五校联合体,A)‎ ‎ A high school senior from Houston, Texas, was accepted by all of the 20 top-ranked universities to which he applied—and was offered a full scholarship by every single one of them.‎ Michael Brown, a 17-year-old student at Lamar High School, became famous after he was caught on camera screaming in glee upon learning he was accepted into Stanford University in December.‎ Little did the teen know at the time, but his excitement would increase by a factor of 20 in March when he was also accepted into Harvard, Princeton, Yale, the University of Pennsylvania, Georgetown, Northwestern, Vanderbilt and the University of Michigan, among other famous colleges.‎ But what did it take for Brown to pull off his flawless(完美无瑕的)clean sweep?‎ To start, the high schooler has an impressive 4.68 grade point average and an SAT score of 1540 out of 1600. His ACT score, a 34 out of a possible 36, proved to be just as excellent. Brown’s extracurriculars also include various internships as well as participation in his high school’s debate team.‎ His mother, Berthinia Rutledge-Brown, told The New York Times that she was simply blown away by her son’s perfect performance. “He actually earned it,” she said. “I always knew Mike would get into a good school. I always knew he’d get good scholarship support. But I never imagined this.”‎ So, which school will he be attending this fall?Although Brown remains undecided at the moment, he reportedly plans to major in political science and hopes to one day become a lawyer.‎ He will make the big decision by May 1.‎ ‎1.What does the underlined word “glee” in the second paragraph mean?‎ A.Delight.　　　B.Fear.‎ C.Envy.　　　D.Embarrassment.‎ ‎2.What mainly contributed to Michael’s being admitted to 20 top universities?‎ A.His high GPA and SAT score.‎ B.His academic achievements.‎ C.His high GPA and ACT score.‎ D.His debating skills.‎ ‎3.Which school is Michael probably going to this September?‎ A.Music School in Stanford.‎ B.Business School in Princeton.‎ C.Law School in Yale.‎ D.Medicine School in Northwestern.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.B ‎3.C Passage 3(2019浙江宁波下学期期末,A)‎ Buttons are found on all sorts of clothing. They are usually small and round and made of metal or plastic. They fasten, or connect, one piece of clothing to another. They make sure your clothes don’t fall off. When we are speaking or writing in English, buttons can be just as useful.‎ Men or women often wear button-down clothes in the office. Button-down as an adjective means to be conservative(保守的)or traditional. People who are described as button-down stay close as possible to the normal way of dressing and behaving. They don’t wear crazy clothing or do unusual things. People and events can both be described as button-down.‎ If someone is buttoned-up, he or she seems very businesslike. In personal relationships, a buttoned-up person is cold and standoffish, meaning they physically and emotionally keep away from others. Buttoned-up people are not warm or friendly. And they do not share their inner thoughts and feelings with others.‎ In the expression “button up”, button is a verb. It means to stop talking. When button a button you slip it into a buttonhole. A buttonhole traps the button. So, to buttonhole someone means you have trapped them in a spoken conversation. Now, let’s say you find yourself buttonholed in a conversation at a party. The person just keeps talking ‎ and talking and talking!Finally, you can’t take it any longer. You tell the person to button it!This is a direct, but unacceptable way of saying “stop talking”. Button your lip is another equally rude but effective way to stop a person who talks too much. ‎ Another kind of difficult person is someone who pushes your buttons. To push someone’s buttons means to know exactly how to get that person angry or upset. People who like to push other people’s buttons usually do it for selfish reasons. First they find a person’s weak point. Then they use it to upset him or her.‎ ‎1.Which of the following best describes button-down clothes?‎ A.Comfortable.　　　　　　B.Attractive.　　　　　　C.Formal.　　　　　D.Loose.‎ ‎2.What does the underlined part “button it” in Paragraph 4 mean?‎ A.Cheer up!　　　B.Calm down!‎ C.Turn away!　　　D.Shut up!‎ ‎3.What does a person want to do if he pushes your buttons?‎ A.Help you out.‎ B.Make you suffer.‎ C.Show he knows you well.‎ D.Point out your weak points.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.D ‎3.B Passage 4(2018浙江湖州期中,A)‎ At first sight, Ronny looked like every other kid in the first-grade classroom. Broken shoes, a little bit of dirt behind his ears. On closer inspection, the dirt on Ronny’s face told me he didn’t get dirty at school.‎ I worked with all the students on a one-on-one basis to improve their reading skills. Each day, Ronny’s eyes followed me as I set up in a corner, “Pick me!” When it was Ronny’s turn, he’d run across the room immediately. He tried to sound out “Bud the Sub”. It sounded more like “Baw Daw Saw” when he said it because of his speech impediment.‎ At the end of this year, I gave him a book as an award for his improvement in reading. Tears rolled down his face, together with the dirt as he held the book tightly to his chest.‎ A few days later, I noticed Ronny on his seat, the book open on top of his legs. I could see his lips move as he read to himself. His teacher appeared beside me. “He hasn’t put that book down. He wears it like a shirt, close to his heart. Did you know that’s the first book he’s ever actually had?” Fighting back tears, I got closer to Ronny and asked, “will you read me your book, Ronny?” He looked up. And then, for the next few minutes, he read to me with more expression and confidence than I’d ever thought possible from him. The pages were already dog-eared, like the book had been read thousands of times already. When he finished reading, Ronny closed his book and said with great pleasure, “Gook book.”‎ ‎1.The underlined word “impediment” in Paragraph 2 has the closest meaning to 　　　. ‎ A.skill　　　　　B.gift　　　　　C.voice　　　　　D.problem ‎2.Ronny cried when getting the book because he 　　　. ‎ A.got the very book he had been looking for B.felt sorry for his slow progress in reading C.was very happy to have a book of his own D.got a gift from his teachers for the first time ‎3.Which of the following might be the best title for the passage?‎ A.Ronny and I　　　B.Ronny’s Book C.Ronny’s Reading Skill　　　D.Ronny’s School Life 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.C ‎3.B Passage 5(2018浙江金丽衢三地市9月联考,C)‎ With more large solar farms being developed in the sunny southwestern United States, researchers and conservationists alike are beginning to notice surprising environmental effects. While solar energy is known for its positive environmental impacts, officials at the National Fish and Wildlife Forensics Laboratory have come to recognize its significant downside.Some species of birds that live close to large solar plants are dying off, including endangered birds.‎ A recent federal investigation recovered 233 birds that had been killed as a direct result of solar plants. Researchers believe that some of the affected birds have mistaken the large, reflective areas of the solar panels for bodies of water. This is a phenomenon referred to by scientists as“lake effect”.The birds are drawn to what they assume to be water. They aim for the area and slam into the panels with great force. It is thought that the insects that birds eat fall victim to“lake effect”as well, leading the birds into the panels.‎ Researchers figure that between 1,000 and 28,000 birds are killed as a result of harvesting solar energy. The number of birds affected by wind farming is much greater, ranging from 140,000 to 328,000. Coal-fired electricity has the largest negative effect on birds, killing nearly 8 million a year. These numbers make solar farming seem like the best option. However, conservationists are quick to point out that areas where solar is expected to boom between 2015 and 2020 are home to some of the rarest birds in the United States. This could put specific bird species at risk of extinction.‎ There exists a state order in California that 20 percent of all electricity of all energy sold should be renewable by the year 2017. This has been one driving force behind the rapid development of huge solar farms. The industry, which is expected to boom as a result of this change to renewable energy, is facing newly filed lawsuits(起诉)by conservationist groups. These lawsuits could slow down the approval process for the planned solar development across the southwest.‎ ‎1.What can we infer from the first paragraph?‎ A.Solar farms require a long development period.‎ B.Most people would be shocked by the size of solar farms.‎ C.Solar energy equipment looks strange to most people.‎ D.Most people think that solar energy is very beneficial.‎ ‎2.The underlined word “slam” in Paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to 　　　. ‎ A.dash　　　　　B.break　　　　　C.move　　　　　D.slide ‎3.Which of the following best reflects the author’s viewpoint?‎ A.Using solar farms is the most practical way to create energy.‎ B.More birds are endangered by solar farms than wind farming.‎ C.Solar farms may not be as friendly to the environment as expected.‎ D.Ways should be found to reduce “lake effect”caused by solar farms.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.C Passage 6(2017浙江宁波十校联考,C)‎ Since I graduated from high school, I’ve worked in the factories surrounding my hometown every summer. However, making the transition(转变)between school and full-time blue-collar work during the break never gets any easier. For a student like me who considers any class before noon to be uncivilized, getting to a factory by 6 o’clock each morning is torture. ‎ There’re few people as self-confident as a college student who has never been out in the real world. People of my age always seem to overestimate the value of their time and knowledge. In fact, all the classes did not prepare me for my battles with the machine 1, which would jam whenever I absent-mindedly put in a part backward or upside down.‎ The most stressful thing about blue-collar life is knowing your job could disappear overnight. Issues like downsizing(裁员)and overseas relocation had always seemed distant to me until my co-workers told me that the unit I was working in would shut down within six months and move to Mexico, where people would work for 60 cents an hour.‎ After working 12-hour shifts in a factory, the other choices have become only too clear. When I’m back at the university, skipping classes and turning in lazy re-writes seems too irresponsible after seeing what I would be doing without school. All the advice and public service announcements about the value of an education that used to sound stale(out of date)now ring true.‎ These lessons I’m learning, however valuable, are always tinged(带有)with a sense of guilt. Many people pass their lives in the places I briefly work, spending 30 years where I spend only two months at a time. “This job pays well, but it’s hell on the body,” said one co-worker. “Study hard and keep reading,” she added.‎ My experiences in the factories have inspired me to make the most of my college years before I enter the real world for good.‎ ‎1.What does the author say about college students?‎ A.They expect too much from the real world.‎ B.They think too highly of themselves.‎ C.They have little interest in blue-collar life.‎ D.They are confident of their future.‎ ‎2.What, according to the author, is most frustrating for blue-collar workers?‎ A.They do not get good pay.‎ B.They have to work 12-hour shifts.‎ C.They do not have job security.‎ D.They have to move from place to place.‎ ‎3.In what important way have the author’s work experiences changed him?‎ A.He learned to be more practical.‎ B.He came to respect blue-collar workers.‎ C.He acquired a sense of urgency.‎ D.He came to appreciate his college education.‎ ‎4.Which of the following is closest in meaning to the underlined word “torture”?‎ A.Misery.　　　　　B.Fortune.　　　　　C.Anxiety.　　　　　D.Acceptance.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.D ‎4.A B组　2017—2019年模拟·综合题组 Passage 1(2019浙江七彩阳光联盟高三期中,A)‎ Transplant(移植)recipient John Bell knows exactly where to find his first heart—the damaged one he lived with for 72 years. It’s floating in a container of formaldehyde(福尔马林)at a large storage facility at Baylor University Medical Center, along with hundreds of other human hearts. When he returns to the hospital for a checkup with his cardiologist(心脏病专家), Bell expects to stop by to pay his old heart a visit. Why?Because at Baylor, he can do something almost no one else in the world has ever done. He can hold his heart in his hands.‎ ‎“It was fairly emotional, that first encounter,” says Bell. “I can’t actually explain why.”‎ Bell is one of more than 70 heart-transplant patients who have participated in Baylor’s Heart-to-Heart program. It was launched in 2014 by William C.Roberts,MD.Baylor is unique in allowing transplant patients to “meet” their old hearts. “Probably 99.5 percent of hospitals throw the hearts away after they send out a report,” Dr. Roberts says. “We keep them all.” They are used for further research.‎ The Heart-to-Heart program happened almost by accident. With all those organs stored on the hospital’s shelves, Dr. Roberts would sometimes take a curious patient to visit his or her old ticker. But the doctor discovered that the visits could provide a kind of teachable moment. “Many of the patients are overweight, and I show them the fat on the heart,” says Dr. Roberts. “Some people have so much fat on their hearts that they float in a container of water.”‎ There’s a larger lesson too. “I try to stress to these people that they are very lucky. They are one of the few that get a heart,” he says. There are an estimated six million Americans living with heart failure, but only 2,000 to 3,000 receive hearts each year in the United States.‎ ‎1.Why does Bell want to visit his old heart?‎ A.He intends to take it back home.‎ B.He expects to observe and hold it.‎ C.He wants to compare his with that of others.‎ D.He thinks it is a good chance to learn about himself.‎ ‎2.Which of the following is closest in meaning to the underlined word “ticker”?‎ A.Friend.　　　B.Enemy.‎ C.Heart.　　　D.Part.‎ ‎3.It can be inferred from the last paragraph that　　　. ‎ A.Dr. Roberts is an excellent teacher B.most people are overweight in the U.S.‎ C.the Heart-to-Heart program is important D.hearts are in great need in the U.S.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.D Passage 2(2019浙江湖州返校考,C)‎ Throughout modern history, there has perhaps never been a scientist as iconic(标志性的)as Stephen Hawking.‎ On March 14, the British physicist passed away at his home in Cambridge, England. Since then, many people have expressed their condolences(哀悼)on social media. Whether he was educating the world with his knowledge of the universe, or making fun of himself in TV shows like The Simpsons, it’s hard to imagine what the world will be like now that Hawking is no longer in it.‎ Hawking was an icon for many reasons, but he will be best remembered for his work in the field of science. Building on German scientist Albert Einstein’s work, Hawking explained his belief that space started with the Big Bang, and will end with black holes. This proposal kicked off a series of investigations, including into the origin of the universe itself. “This complete set of law can give us the answers to questions like how the universe begins,” Hawking wrote in his 2010 work The Grand Design. “Where is it going and will it have an end?If so, how will it end?” ‎ Besides his work in science, he also managed to overcome many difficulties in his personal life. While studying for a postgraduate degree in cosmology(宇宙学)at Cambridge University, he was diagnosed with terrible disease at the age of 21. His illness left him paralyzed and he was told he only had a short time to live. However, he went on to become one of the greatest minds the world has ever known. “I felt it was very unfair—why should this happen to me,” he wrote in 2013. “At the time, I thought my life was over and that I would never realize the potential I felt I had. But now, 50 years later, I can be quietly satisfied with my life.”‎ Hawking leaves behind a great legacy. His signature book A Brief History of Time:From the Big Bang to Black Holes published in 1988, became one of the world’s best-selling science publications. He will no longer be with us, but Hawking will continue to inspire the world for generations to come. As he once said to himself, “Look up at the stars and not down at your feet.”‎ ‎1.What can we know about Stephen Hawking from the passage?‎ A.He left us humans a priceless legacy—A Brief History of Time.‎ B.He was born with a disease which left him paralyzed.‎ C.He was well-known as an icon only for his achievement in science.‎ D.He always complained life was unfair to him after he became paralyzed.‎ ‎2.The underlined words “kicked off” in Paragraph 3 can be best replaced by　　　. ‎ A.answered for　　　B.set off C.put forward　　　D.led to ‎3.What is conveyed in the sentence “Look up at the stars and not down at your feet.”?‎ A.Just do what you love and believe in, and success will come naturally.‎ B.However tough life may seem, be curious and there is always hope ahead.‎ C.Be determined and confident rather than keep feeling frustrated all day.‎ D.You cannot improve your past, but you can improve your future.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.B ‎3.B Passage 3(2019浙江金丽衢8月质检,A)‎ In June, the Oxford English Dictionary, or OED, added about 1,000 words and new definitions to its website. The changes are to help users understand a mix of terms, some dating back many centuries. The additions include words such as “brencheese” “deathshildy” and “hip-pop”.‎ The new entries are part of the company’s update to Oed.com,its searchable online dictionary for paid members. The OED makes changes to the website four times each year. But the latest print version has been in process since the year 2000, and may not be ready for 10 more years. That information comes from Katherine Connor Martin, who heads the company’s dictionary operations in the United States.‎ Usually, the OED watches usage of a word for at least 10 years before deciding whether to add a new entry, new definition or word related to an existing entry, she ‎ said. This general rule, however, is sometimes not followed. That is what happened with “tweet”, a word that the OED added far before the 10-year mark. Other times, the company adds words that are very old, but were not included in the dictionary in the past.‎ ‎“It’s funny because we talk about new words, but many of the words we add are already obsolete. It’s just that they were never in the dictionary before,” Martin told the Associated Press.‎ That is the reality, she said, of a historical dictionary trying to put more than 1,000 years of English into books that already have over 855,000 entries. So, you get “brencheese,” a rarely used term for when bread and cheese are eaten together. The word dates back to the year 1665. The word “deathshildy” is from Old English. It means someone who is guilty of a serious crime and condemned to death.‎ The website defines the term “hip-pop” for music that combines parts of hip-hop and popular music. The OED discovered the term “hip-hip pop” was used in a 1985 story from a Pennsylvania newspaper. It noted that the term “hip-pop” appeared in a 1991 U.S. newspaper report about the rap artist M.C. Hammer.‎ The website has added several other terms related to modern culture. They include three popular terms:“binge-watching,” “spoiler alert” and “microaggression”.‎ Here are a few other new entries if you long to read on.‎ ‎1.What has the OED done recently?‎ A.It has made changes to its words’ explanation.‎ B.It has sorted out some words which are out of date.‎ C.It has helped users to have more convenient use of the OED.‎ D.It has taken in more words and new meanings of some words.‎ ‎2.The underlined word “obsolete” in Paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to　　　. ‎ A.deserted　　　　　B.updated　　　　　C.changed　　　　　D.explained ‎3.What will the paragraph following the passage most probably be about?‎ A.The influence cultures have on the words in the OED.‎ B.The difficulties the OED has in choosing the words.‎ C.The effect modern technology has on the OED.‎ D.The new vocabularies the OED has included.‎ ‎4.What’s the best title of the text?‎ A.OED, a Great Help for English Learners B.A Brand-New Version of OED Website C.A Better Understanding of Words in OED D.Examples of OED Choosing Words 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.D ‎4.B Passage 4(2018浙江温州十校联合体10月联考,C)‎ Not all awards are as noble as the Nobel Prize, which is world-famous for giving prizes to people who make progress in literature(文学), science, and— perhaps most importantly—peace. Even though most countries have a system for recognizing, honoring and rewarding people who have done something good in their countries, there are now hundreds of awards and award ceremonies for all kinds of things.‎ The Oscars are probably the most famous, an opportunity for the film industry to tell itself how good it is. It’s not only films—now there are also Grammies, Brits and the MTV awards for music. The Turner Prize is an award for a British artist—each year it causes controversy by giving lots of money to artists who do things like displaying their beds, putting animals in glass cases or—this year—building a garden shed. People began to wonder whether these works were worth the huge prize!‎ Awards are not only for the arts. There are now awards for Sports Personality of the Year, for European Footballer of the Year and World Footballer of the Year. This seems very strange—sometimes awards can be good to give the honor to people who deserve it, or to help people who don’t make a lot of money carry on their work ‎ without worrying about finances, but professional soccer players these days certainly aren’t short of money!‎ Why have all these awards and ceremonies appeared recently? Shakespeare never won a prize, nor did Leonardo da Vinci or Adam Smith or Charles Dickens.‎ Most award ceremonies are now sponsored(赞助)by big organizations or companies. This means that it is not only the person who wins the award who benefits but also the sponsors. ‎ For many people, it seems to be a “win-win” situation, with everyone being happy, but let me ask you a question—how far do you think that publicity(宣传)and marketing are winning here, and how much real honor of achievement is taking place?‎ ‎1.Which of the following awards will the author recognize as noble?‎ A.The Nobel Prize.‎ B.The Turner Prize.‎ C.The Oscars.‎ D.World Footballer of the Year.‎ ‎2.Which of the following statements does the writer may agree with?‎ A.Only great people like Shakespeare should be awarded.‎ B.Not all awards and prizes go to people who deserve it.‎ C.Awards should be given to people with money problems. ‎ D.Organizations and companies should stay away from award ceremonies.‎ ‎3.The underlined word “controversy” in Paragraph 2 probably means 　　　? ‎ A.prize　　　B.loss C.agreement 　　　D.argument ‎ ‎4.The writer believes the awards should be given to 　　　. ‎ A.praise the winners B.reward people with unusual talents ‎ C.improve marketing ‎ D.honor the real achievements ‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.D Passage 5(2018浙江宁波十校联考,A)‎ One fine summer morning—it was the beginning of harvest, I remember—Mr. Earnshaw came downstairs, dressed for a journey; he turned to Hindley, Cathy, and me and said, “Now, I’m going to Liverpool today. What shall I bring you?” Hindley named a fiddle(a kind of violin), and then he asked Cathy. She was hardly six years old, but she could ride any horse in the stable. She chose a whip(鞭子).He did not forget me. He promised to bring me a pocketful of apples and pears. Then he set off.‎ The three days of his absence seemed a long while to us all. Mrs. Earnshaw expected him by supper time on the third evening. She put off the meal hour after hour. There were no signs of his coming, however. About eleven o’clock the door opened and in stepped the master. He threw himself into a chair, and he was nearly killed. He would never again have another such walk for whatever reasons.‎ Opening his great coat, which he bundled up in his arms, he said, “See here, wife. I was never so beaten with anything in my life. But you must take it as a gift of God though it’s as dark almost as if it came from the devil.” ‎ We crowded round him. And over Miss Cathy’s head, I had a look at a dirty, ragged, black-haired child. I was frightened,and Mrs. Earnshaw was ready to throw it out of doors. She did get angry, asking why he could have brought that gipsy child into the house when they had their own kids to feed and look after? What he meant to do with it? ‎ The master tried to explain the matter though he was really half dead with tiredness. All that I could make out, among her scolding, was a story of his seeing it starving, and homeless in the streets of Liverpool where he picked it up. He said that as both ‎ his money and time was limited, he thought it better to take it home with him at once. Anyway he was determined he would not leave it as he found it.‎ Well, finally Mrs. Earnshaw calmed down, and Mr. Earnshaw told me to wash it, give it clean things,and let it sleep with the children. Hindley and Cathy then began searching their father’s pockets for the presents he had promised them. But when Hindley drew out what had been a fiddle, crushed(压坏)to pieces in the great coat,he cried loudly. And Cathy, when she learned her father had lost her whip in attendance on the stranger,showed her feeling by spitting at the gipsy child, earning herself a sound blow from Mr. Earnshaw to teach her cleaner manners.‎ ‎1.When did Mr. Earnshaw return home from Liverpool?‎ A.By supper time.‎ B.Not until it was nearly midnight.‎ C.When it was getting dark.‎ D.An hour after the meal time.‎ ‎2.What does “a gift of God” refer to?‎ A.A fiddle and a whip.‎ B.A pocketful of apples and pears.‎ C.His experience in the journey.‎ D.The gipsy child.‎ ‎3.It can be inferred from the passage that 　　　. ‎ A.Mr. Earnshaw felt so guilty towards Cathy that he offered her another cleaner gift B.Hindley was good-mannered even if he didn’t get his present C.Mr. Earnshaw decided to keep the gipsy child in spite of everything D.Cathy was very disappointed and she turned her anger at Hindley 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.C Passage 6(2017浙江金丽衢十二校联考,B)‎ In this article, we’ll come to two things invented by women, Liquid Paper and Windshield Wiper.‎ Bette Graham was not a very good typist. Still, the high school dropout worked her way to become the executive secretary for the chairman of the board of the Texas Bank and Trust. It was in the 1950s, and the electric typewriter was just introduced. Secretaries often found themselves retyping entire pages because of one tiny mistake, as the new model’s carbon ribbon made it difficult to correct errors.‎ One day, Graham watched workers painting a holiday display on a bank window. She noticed that when they made mistakes, they simply added another layer of paint to cover them up, and she thought she could apply that idea to her typing blunders. Graham mixed up water-based tempera paints with dye(染料)that matched her company’s paper. Then she was able to quickly correct her errors. Soon, the other secretaries were asking for the product, which Graham continued to produce in her kitchen. Graham was fired from her job for spending too much time distributing her product, but she was able to improve her mixture, renamed the product “Liquid Paper” and received a patent in 1958.‎ At the dawn of the 20th century, Mary Anderson went to New York City for the first time. There were no cabs honking, nor were there thousands of cars rushing in traffic. Cars were quite rare when Anderson took that trip, but the woman from Alabama ended up inventing something that has become standard on every automobile.‎ During her trip, Anderson took a tram(电车)through the snow-covered city. She noticed that the driver had to stop the tram every few minutes to wipe the snow off his front window. At the time, all drivers had to do so; rain and snow were thought to be things drivers had to deal with, for they resulted in poor visibility. When she returned home, Anderson developed a squeegee(橡皮刮水刷)attached to a handle inside the car. When the driver needed to clear the glass, he simply pulled on the handle. Anderson received the patent for her device in 1903; just 10 years later, thousands of Americans owned a car with her invention.‎ ‎1.The underlined word “blunders” in Paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to 　　　. ‎ A.some kinds of dye　　　B.inventions C.layers of paint　　　D.errors ‎2.Which of the following statements is true?‎ A.Bette Graham once lost her job because of her devotion to her invention.‎ B.Mary Anderson was a Canadian who moved to work in New York City.‎ C.The popularity of cars in America contributed to Mary Anderson’s invention.‎ D.Both of the women in the text were great scientists who made great inventions.‎ ‎3.What can we learn from the two inventions in the text?‎ A.Failure is the mother of success.‎ B.Men make errors so long as they struggle.‎ C.Genius only means working hard all one’s life.‎ D.Inspiration from daily life is the source of inventions.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.D ‎【历年高考试题汇编】‎ Passage 1(2014广东,D)‎ Scientists today are making greater effort to study ocean currents(洋流).Most do it using satellites and other high-tech equipment.However,ocean expert Curtis Ebbesmeyer does it in a special way—by studying movements of random floating garbage.A scientist with many years’ experience,he started this type of research in the early 1990s when he heard about hundreds of athletic shoes washing up on the shores of the northwest coast of the United States.There were so many shoes that people were setting up swap meets to try and match left and right shoes to sell or wear. ‎ Ebbesmeyer found out in his researches that the shoes—about 60,000 in total—fell into the ocean in a shipping accident.He phoned the shoe company and asked if they wanted the shoes back.As expected,the company told him that they didn’t.Ebbesmeyer realized this could be a great experiment.If he learned when and where the shoes went into the water and tracked where they landed,he could learn a lot about the patterns of ocean currents.‎ The Pacific Northwest is one of the world’s best areas for beachcombing(海滩搜寻)because winds and currents join here,and as a result,there is a group of serious beachcombers in the area.Ebbesmeyer got to know a lot of them and asked for their help in collecting information about where the shoes landed.In a year he collected reliable information on 1,600 shoes.With this data,he and a colleague were able to test and improve a computer program designed to model ocean currents,and publish the findings of their study.‎ As the result of his work,Ebbesmeyer has become known as the scientist to call with questions about any unusual objects found floating in the ocean.He has even started an association of beachcombers and ocean experts,with 500 subscribers from West Africa to New Zealand.They have recorded all lost objects ranging from potatoes to golf gloves.‎ ‎1.The underlined phrase swap meets in Paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to　　　. ‎ A.fitting rooms　　　B.trading fairs C.business talks　　　D.group meetings ‎2.Ebbesmeyer phoned the shoe company to find out　　　. ‎ A.what caused the shipping accident B.when and where the shoes went missing C.whether it was all right to use their shoes D.how much they lost in the shipping accident ‎3.How did Ebbesmeyer prove his assumption?‎ A.By collecting information from beachcombers.‎ B.By studying the shoes found by beachcombers.‎ C.By searching the web for ocean currents models.‎ D.By researching ocean currents data in the library.‎ ‎4.Ebbesmeyer is most famous for　　　. ‎ A.traveling widely the coastal cities of the world B.making records for any lost objects on the sea C.running a global currents research association D.phoning about any doubtful objects on the sea ‎5.What is the purpose of the author in writing this passage?‎ A.To call people’s attention to ocean pollution.‎ B.To warn people of shipping safety in the ocean.‎ C.To explain a unique way of studying ocean currents.‎ D.To give tips on how to search for lost objects on the beach.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.D ‎5.C Passage 2(2014天津,A)‎ A Guide to the University Food The TWU Cafeteria is open 7 am to 8 pm.It serves snacks(小吃),drinks,ice cream bars and meals.You can pay with cash or your ID cards.You can add meal money to your ID cards at the Front Desk.Even if you do not buy your food in the cafeteria,you can use the tables to eat your lunch,to have meetings and to study.‎ If you are on campus in the evening or late at night,you can buy snacks,fast food,and drinks in the Lower Café located in the bottom level of the Douglas Centre.This area is often used for entertainment such as concerts,games or TV watching.‎ Relaxation The Globe,located in the bottom level of McMillan Hall,is available for relaxing,studying,cooking,and eating.Monthly activities are held here for all international students.Hours are 10 am to 10 pm,closed on Sundays.‎ Health Located on the top floor of Douglas Hall,the Wellness Centre is committed to physical,emotional and social health.A doctor and nurse is available if you have health questions or need immediate medical help or personal advice.The cost of this is included in your medical insurance.Hours are Monday to Friday,9 am to noon and 1:00 to 4:30 pm.‎ Academic Support All students have access to the Writing Centre on the upper floor of Douglas Hall.Here,qualified volunteers will work with you on written work,grammar,vocabulary,and other academic skills.You can sign up for an appointment on the sign-up sheet outside the door:two 30-minute appointments per week maximum.This service is free.‎ Transportation The TWU Express is a shuttle(班车)service. The shuttle transports students between campus and the shopping centre, leaving from the Mattson Centre. Operation hours are between 9 am and 3 pm, Saturdays only. Round trip fare is $1.‎ ‎1.What can you do in the TWU Cafeteria?‎ A.Do homework and watch TV.‎ B.Buy drinks and enjoy concerts.‎ C.Have meals and meet with friends.‎ D.Add money to your ID and play chess.‎ ‎2.Where and when can you cook your own food?‎ A.The Globe,Friday.　　　B.The Lower Café,Sunday.‎ C.The TWU Cafeteria,Friday.　　　D.The McMillan Hall,Sunday.‎ ‎3.The Guide tells us that the Wellness Centre　　　. ‎ A.is open six days a week B.offers services free of charge C.trains students in medical care D.gives advice on mental health ‎4.How can you seek help from the Writing Centre?‎ A.By applying online.‎ B.By calling the centre.‎ C.By filling in a sign-up form.‎ D.By going to the centre directly.‎ ‎5.What is the function of TWU Express?‎ A.To carry students to the lecture halls.‎ B.To provide students with campus tours.‎ C.To take students to the Mattson Centre.‎ D.To transport students to and from the stores.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.A ‎3.D ‎4.C ‎5.D Passage 3(2014四川,E)‎ Women are friendly.But men are more competitive.Why?Researchers have found it’s all down to the hormone oxytocin(荷尔蒙催生素).Although known as the love hormone,it affects the sexes differently.‎ ‎“Women tend to be social in their behavior.They often share with others.But men tend to be competitive.They are trying to improve their social status,”said Professor Ryan.‎ Generally,people believe that the hormone oxytocin is let out in our body in various social situations and our body creates a large amount of it during positive social interactions(互动)such as falling in love or giving birth.‎ But in a previous experiment Professor Ryan found that the hormone is also let out in our body during negative social interactions such as envy.‎ Further researches showed that in men the hormone oxytocin improves the ability to recognize competitive relationships,but in women it raises the ability to recognize friendship.‎ Professor Ryan’s recent experiment used 62 men and women aged 20 to 37.‎ Half of the participants(参与者)received oxytocin.The other half received placebo(安慰剂).‎ After a week,the two groups switched with participants.They went through the same procedure with the other material.‎ Following each treatment,they were shown some video pictures with different social interactions.Then they were asked to analyze the relationships by answering some questions.The questions were about telling friendship from competition.And their answers should be based on gestures,body language and facial expressions.‎ The results indicated that,after treatment with oxytocin,men’s ability to correctly recognize competitive relationships improved,but in women it was the ability to correctly recognize friendship that got better.‎ Professor Ryan thus concluded:“Our experiment proves that the hormone oxytocin can raise people’s abilities to better distinguish different social interactions.And the behavior differences between men and women are caused by biological factors(因素)that are mainly hormonal.”‎ ‎1.What causes men and women to behave differently according to the text?‎ A.Placebo.　　　B.Oxytocin.‎ C.The gesture.　　　D.The social status.‎ ‎2.What can we learn from Professor Ryan’s previous experiment?‎ A.Oxytocin affects our behavior in a different way.‎ B.Our body lets out oxytocin when we are deep in love.‎ C.Our body produces oxytocin when we feel unhappy about others’ success.‎ D.Oxytocin improves our abilities to understand people’s behavior differences.‎ ‎3.Why did Professor Ryan conduct the recent experiment?‎ A.To test the effect of oxytocin on the ability to recognize social interactions.‎ B.To know the differences between friendship and competition.‎ C.To know people’s different abilities to answer questions.‎ D.To test people’s understanding of body language.‎ ‎4.The author develops the text by　　　. ‎ A.explaining people’s behaviors B.describing his own experiences C.distinguishing sexual differences D.discussing research experiments 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.D Passage 4(2014辽宁,D)‎ Travis is the manager of G&G where he is responsible for forty employees(雇员)and profits(利润)of over$2 million per year.He’s never late to work.He does not get upset on the job.When one of his employees started crying after a customer screamed at her,Travis took her away.“Your working uniform is your shelter,”he told her.“Nothing anyone says will ever hurt you.You will always be as strong as you want to be.”‎ Travis picked up that lecture in one of his G&G training courses,an education program that began on his first day and continues throughout an employee’s occupation.The training has,Travis says,changed his life.G&G has taught him how to live,how to focus,how to get to work on time,and how to master his emotions(情绪).Most importantly,it taught him willpower.‎ At the center of that education is an extreme focus on an all-important habit:willpower.Dozens of cases show that willpower is the single most important habit for a person’s success.‎ And the best way to strengthen willpower is to make it into a habit.“Sometimes it looks like people with great self-control aren’t working hard—but that’s because they’ve made it automatic,”Angela Duckworth,one of the University of Pennsylvania researchers said.“Their willpower occurs without them having to think about it.”‎ The company spent millions of dollars developing programs of study to train employees on self-control.Managers wrote workbooks that serve as guides to how to make willpower a habit in workers’ lives.Those courses are,in part,why G&G has grown from a sleepy company into a large one with more than seventeen thousand stores and profits of more than $10 billion a year.‎ ‎1.We learn from Paragraph 2 that employees in G&G must　　　. ‎ A.learn to give lectures　　　B.attend education programs C.design a working uniform　　　D.develop a common hobby ‎2.Willpower will become a habit when employees can　　　. ‎ A.focus on the profits　　　B.benefit from the job C.protect themselves well　　　D.control their feelings well ‎3.What can we infer from the passage?‎ A.G&G has grown into a large company.‎ B.G&G will spend half its profits training employees.‎ C.G&G may become more successful in the future.‎ D.G&G has to produce more workbooks for managers.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.C Passage 5(2013课标Ⅰ,A)‎ Some people will do just about anything to save money.And I am one of them.Take my family’s last vacation.It was my six-year-old son’s winter break from school,and we were heading home from Fort Lauderdale after a week-long trip.The flight was overbooked,and Delta,the airline,offered us $400 per person in credits to give up our seats and leave the next day.I had meetings in New York,so I had to get back.But that didn’t mean my husband and my son couldn’t stay.I took my nine-month-old and took off for home.‎ The next day,my husband and son were offered more credits to take an even later flight.Yes,I encouraged—okay,ordered—them to wait it out at the airport to “earn” more Delta Dollars.Our total take:$1,600.Not bad,huh?‎ Now some people may think I’m a bad mother and not such a great wife either.But as a big-time bargain hunter,I know the value of a dollar.And these days,a good deal is something few of us can afford to pass up.‎ I’ve made a living looking for the best deals and exposing(揭露)the worst tricks.I have been the consumer reporter of NBC’s Today show for over a decade.I have written a couple of books including one titled Tricks of the Trade:A Consumer Survival Guide.And I really do what I believe in.‎ I tell you this because there is no shame in getting your money’s worth.I’m also tightfisted when it comes to shoes,clothes for my children,and expensive restaurants.But I wouldn’t hesitate to spend on a good haircut.It keeps its shape longer,and it’s the first thing people notice.And I will also spend on a classic piece of furniture.Quality lasts.‎ ‎1.Why did Delta give the author’s family credits?‎ A.They took a later flight.‎ B.They had early bookings.‎ C.Their flight had been delayed.‎ D.Their flight had been cancelled.‎ ‎2.What can we learn about the author?‎ A.She rarely misses a good deal.‎ B.She seldom makes a compromise.‎ C.She is very strict with her children.‎ D.She is interested in cheap products.‎ ‎3.What does the author do?‎ A.She’s a teacher.　　　B.She’s a housewife.‎ C.She’s a media person.　　　D.She’s a businesswoman.‎ ‎4.What does the author want to tell us?‎ A.How to expose bad tricks.　　　B.How to reserve airline seats.‎ C.How to spend money wisely.　　　D.How to make a business deal.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.A ‎3.C ‎4.C Passage 6(2013课标Ⅰ,D)‎ The National Gallery Description:‎ The National Gallery is the British national art museum built on the north side of Trafalgar Square in London. It houses a diverse collection of more than 2,300 examples of European art ranging from 13th-century religious paintings to more modern ones by Renoir and Van Gogh. The older collections of the gallery are reached through the main entrance while the more modern works in the East Wing are most easily reached from Trafalgar Square by a ground floor entrance.‎ Layout:‎ The modern Sainsbury Wing on the western side of the building houses 13th- to 15th-century paintings, and artists include Duccio, Uccello, Van Eyck, Lippi, Mantegna, Botticelli and Memling.‎ The main West Wing houses 16th-century paintings, and artists include Leonardo da Vinci, Cranach, Michelangelo, Raphael, Bruegel, Bronzino, Titian and Veronese.‎ The North Wing houses 17th-century paintings, and artists include Caravaggio, Rubens, Poussin, Van Dyck, Velázquez, Claude and Vermeer.‎ The East Wing houses 18th- to early 20th-century paintings, and artists include Canaletto, Goya, Turner, Constable, Renoir and Van Gogh.‎ Opening Hours:‎ The Gallery is open every day from 10am to 6pm(Fridays 10am to 9pm)and is free, but charges apply to some special exhibitions.‎ Getting There:‎ Nearest underground stations:Charing Cross(2-minute walk), Leicester Square(3-minute walk), Embankment(7-minute walk), and Piccadilly Circus(8-minute walk).‎ ‎1.In which century’s collection can you see religious paintings?‎ A.The 13th.　　　B.The 17th.‎ C.The 18th.　　　D.The 20th.‎ ‎2.Where are Leonardo da Vinci’s works shown?‎ A.In the East Wing.‎ B.In the main West Wing.‎ C.In the Sainsbury Wing.‎ D.In the North Wing.‎ ‎3.Which underground station is closest to the National Gallery?‎ A.Piccadilly Circus.　　　B.Leicester Square.‎ C.Embankment.　　　D.Charing Cross.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.B ‎3.D Passage 7(2014辽宁,C)‎ Would it surprise you to learn that,like animals,trees communicate with each other and pass on their wealth to the next generation?‎ UBC Professor Simard explains how trees are much more complex than most of us ever imagined.Although Charles Darwin thought that trees are competing for survival of the fittest,Simard shows just how wrong he was.In fact,the opposite is true:trees survive through their co-operation and support,passing around necessary nutrition “depending on who needs it”. ‎ Nitrogen(氮)and carbon are shared through miles of underground fungi(真菌)networks,making sure that all trees in the forest ecological system give and receive just the right amount to keep them all healthy.This hidden system works in a very similar way to the networks of neurons(神经元)in our brains,and when one tree is destroyed,it affects all.‎ Simard talks about “mother trees”,usually the largest and oldest plants on which all other trees depend.She explains how dying trees pass on the wealth to the next generation,transporting important minerals to young trees so they may continue to grow.When humans cut down “mother trees” with no awareness of these highly complex “tree societies”or the networks on which they feed,we are reducing the chances of survival for the entire forest.‎ ‎“We didn’t take any notice of it,”Simard says sadly.“Dying trees move nutrition into the young trees before dying,but we never give them chance.”If we could put across the message to the forestry industry,we could make a huge difference towards our environmental protection efforts for the future.‎ ‎1.The underlined sentence “the opposite is true” in Paragraph 2 probably means that trees　　　. ‎ A.compete for survival B.protect their own wealth C.depend on each other D.provide support for dying trees ‎2.“Mother trees” are extremely important because they　　　. ‎ A.look the largest in size in the forest B.pass on nutrition to young trees C.seem more likely to be cut down by humans D.know more about the complex“tree societies”‎ ‎3.The underlined word “it” in the last paragraph refers to　　　. ‎ A.how “tree societies” work B.how trees grow old C.how forestry industry develops D.how young trees survive ‎4.What would be the best title for the passage?‎ A.Old Trees Communicate Like Humans B.Young Trees Are In Need Of Protection C.Trees Are More Awesome Than You Think D.Trees Contribute To Our Society 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.B ‎3.A ‎4.C Passage 8(2014四川,C)‎ A schoolgirl saved her father’s life by kicking him in the chest after he suffered a serious allergic(过敏的)reaction which stopped his heart.‎ Izzy,nine,restarted father Colm’s heart by stamping(踩)on his chest after he fell down at home and stopped breathing.‎ Izzy’s mother,Debbie,immediately called 999 but Izzy knew doctors would never arrive in time to save her father,so decided to use CPR.‎ However,she quickly discovered her arms weren’t strong enough,so she stamped on her father’s chest instead.‎ Debbie then took over with some more conventional chest compressions(按压)until the ambulance arrived.‎ Izzy,who has been given a bravery award by her school,said:“I just kicked him really hard.My mum taught me CPR but I knew I wasn’t strong enough to use hands.I was quite scared.The doctor said I might as well be a doctor or a nurse.My mum said that Dad was going to hospital with a big footprint on his chest.”‎ ‎“She’s a little star,”said Debbie.“I was really upset but Izzy just took over.I just can’t believe what she did.I really think all children should be taught first aid.Izzy did CPR ‎ then the doctor turned up.Colm had to have more treatment on the way to the hospital and we’ve got to see an expert.”‎ Truck driver Colm,35,suffered a mystery allergic reaction on Saturday and was taken to hospital,but was sent home only for it to happen again the next day.The second attack was so serious that his airway swelled,preventing him from breathing,his blood pressure dropped suddenly,and his heart stopped for a moment.‎ He has now made a full recovery from his suffering.‎ ‎1.Izzy kicked her father in the chest　　　. ‎ A.to express her helplessness　　　B.to practise CPR on him C.to keep him awake　　　D.to restart his heart ‎2.What’s the right order of the events?‎ ‎①Izzy kicked Colm.‎ ‎②Debbie called 999.‎ ‎③Izzy learned CPR.‎ ‎④Colm’s heart stopped.‎ A.③①②④　　　　　B.④②③①　　　　　C.③④②①　　　　　D.④③①②‎ ‎3.What does Paragraph 8 mainly talk about?‎ A.What Colm suffered.‎ B.Colm’s present condition.‎ C.What caused Colm’s allergy.‎ D.Symptoms of Colm’s allergic reaction.‎ ‎4.Why does the author write the news?‎ A.To describe a serious accident.‎ B.To prove the importance of CPR.‎ C.To report a 9-year-old girl’s brave act.‎ D.To call people’s attention to allergic reaction.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.C Passage 9(2015重庆,E)‎ The values of artistic works,according to cultural relativism(相对主义),are simply reflections of local social and economic conditions.Such a view,however,fails to explain the ability of some works of art to excite the human mind across cultures and through centuries.‎ History has witnessed the endless productions of Shakespearean plays in every major language of the world.It is never rare to find that Mozart packs Japanese concert halls,as Japanese painter Hiroshige does Paris galleries.Unique works of this kind are different from today’s popular art,even if they began as works of popular art.They have set themselves apart in their timeless appeal and will probably be enjoyed for centuries into the future.‎ In a 1757 essay,the philosopher David Hume argued that because“the general principles of taste are uniform(不变的)in human nature”,the value of some works of art might be essentially permanent.He observed that Homer was still admired after two thousand years.Works of this type,he believed,spoke to deep and unvarying features of human nature and could continue to exist over centuries.‎ Now researchers are applying scientific methods to the study of the universality of art.For example,evolutionary psychology is being used by literary scholars to explain the long-lasting themes and plot devices in fiction.The structures of musical pieces are now open to experimental analysis as never before.Research findings seem to indicate that the creation by a great artist is as permanent an achievement as the discovery by a great scientist.‎ ‎1.According to the passage, what do we know about cultural relativism?‎ A.It introduces different cultural values.‎ B.It explains the history of artistic works.‎ C.It relates artistic values to local conditions.‎ D.It excites the human mind throughout the world.‎ ‎2.In Paragraph 2, the artists are mentioned in order to show that　　　. ‎ A.great works of art can go beyond national boundaries B.history gives art works special appeal to set them apart C.popular arts are hardly distinguishable from great arts D.great artists are skilled at combining various cultures ‎3.According to Hume, some works of art can exist for centuries because　　　. ‎ A.they are results of scientific study B.they establish some general principles of art C.they are created by the world’s greatest artists D.they appeal to unchanging features of human nature ‎4.Which of the following can best serve as the title of the passage?‎ A.Are Artistic Values Universal?‎ B.Are Popular Arts Permanent?‎ C.Is Human Nature Uniform?‎ D.Is Cultural Relativism Scientific?‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.A ‎3.D ‎4.A Passage 10(2014重庆,C)‎ The idea of being able to walk on water has long interested humans greatly.Sadly,biological facts prevent us ever accomplishing such a thing without artificial aid—we simply weigh too much,and all our mass pushes down through our relatively small feet,resulting in a lot of pressure that makes us sink.‎ However,several types of animals can walk on water.One of the most interesting is the common basilisk Basilicus basilicus,a lizard(蜥蜴)native to Central and South America.It can run across water for a distance of several meters,avoiding getting wet by rapidly hitting the water’s surface with its feet.The lizard will take as many as 20 steps per second to keep moving forward.For humans to do this,we’d need huge feet that we could bring up to our ears in order to create adequate “hitting.”‎ But fortunately there is an alternative:cornflour.By adding enough of this common thickening agent to water(and it does take a lot),you can create a “non-Newtonian” liquid that doesn’t behave like normal water.Now,if the surface of the water is hit hard enough,particles(粒子)in the water group together for a moment to make the surface hard.Move quickly enough and put enough force into each step,and you really can walk across the surface of an adequately thick liquid of cornflour.‎ Fun though all this may sound,it’s still rather messy and better read about in theory than carried out in practice.If you must do it,then keep the water wings handy in case you start to sink—and take a shower afterward!‎ ‎1.Walking on water hasn’t become a reality mainly because humans　　　. ‎ A.are not interested in it B.have biological limitations C.have not invented proper tools D.are afraid to make an attempt ‎2.What do we know about Basilicus basilicus from the passage?‎ A.It is light enough to walk on water.‎ B.Its huge feet enable it to stay above water.‎ C.It can run across water at a certain speed.‎ D.Its unique skin keeps it from getting wet in water.‎ ‎3.What is the function of the cornflour according to the passage?‎ A.To create a thick liquid.‎ B.To turn the water into solid.‎ C.To help the liquid behave normally.‎ D.To enable the water to move rapidly.‎ ‎4.What is the author’s attitude toward the idea of humans’ walking on water?‎ A.It is risky but beneficial.‎ B.It is interesting and worth trying.‎ C.It is crazy and cannot become a reality.‎ D.It is impractical though theoretically possible.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.D Passage 11(2014天津,C)‎ ‎“Dad,”I say one day,“let’s take a trip.Why don’t you fly out and meet me?”‎ My father had just retired after 27 years as a manager for IBM.His job filled his day,his thoughts,his life.While he woke up and took a warm shower,I screamed under a freezing waterfall in Peru.While he tied a tie and put on the same Swiss watch,I rowed a boat across Lake of the Ozarks.‎ My father sees me drifting aimlessly,nothing to show for my 33 years but a passport full of funny stamps.He wants me to settle down,but now I want him to find an adventure.‎ He agrees to travel with me through the national parks.We meet four weeks later in Rapid City.‎ ‎“What’s our first stop?”asks my father.‎ ‎“What time is it?”‎ ‎“Still don’t have a watch?”‎ Less than an hour away is Mount Rushmore.As he stares up at the four Presidents carved in granite(花岗岩),his mouth and eyes open slowly,like those of a little boy.‎ ‎“Unbelievable,”he says.“How was this done?”‎ A film in the information center shows sculptor Gutzon Borglum devoted 14 years to the sculpture and then left the final touches to his son.‎ We stare up and I ask myself,Would I ever devote my life to anything?‎ No directions,no goals.I always used to hear those words in my father’s voice.Now I hear them in my own.‎ The next day we’re at Yellowstone National Park,where we have a picnic.‎ ‎“Did you ever travel with your dad?”I ask.‎ ‎“Only once,”he says.“I never spoke much with my father.We loved each other—but never said it.Whatever he could give me,he gave.”‎ That last sentence—it’s probably the same thing I’d say about my father.And what I’d want my child to say about me. ‎ In Glacier National Park,my father says,“I’ve never seen water so blue.”I have,in several places of the world.I can keep traveling,I realize—and maybe a regular job won’t be as dull as I feared.‎ Weeks after our trip,I call my father.‎ ‎“The photos from the trip are wonderful,”he says.“We’ve got to take another trip like that sometime.”‎ I tell him I’ve decided to settle down,and I’m wearing a watch.‎ ‎1.We can learn from Paragraphs 2 and 3 that the father　　　. ‎ A.followed the fashion B.got bored with his job C.was unhappy with the author’s lifestyle D.liked the author’s collection of stamps ‎2.What does the author realize at Mount Rushmore?‎ A.His father is interested in sculpture.‎ B.His father is as innocent as a little boy.‎ C.He should learn sculpture in the future.‎ D.He should pursue a specific aim in life.‎ ‎3.From the underlined paragraph, we can see that the author　　　. ‎ A.wants his children to learn from their grandfather B.comes to understand what parental love means C.learns how to communicate with his father D.hopes to give whatever he can to his father ‎4.What could be inferred about the author and his father from the end of the story?‎ A.The call solves their disagreements.‎ B.The Swiss watch has drawn them closer.‎ C.They decide to learn photography together.‎ D.They begin to change their attitudes to life.‎ ‎5.What could be the best title for the passage?‎ A.Love Nature,Love Life　　　B.A Son Lost in Adventure C.A Journey with Dad　　　D.The Art of Travel 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.D ‎5.C Passage 12(2014山东,A)‎ One morning,Ann’s neighbor Tracy found a lost dog wandering around the local elementary school.She asked Ann if she could keep an eye on the dog.Ann said that she could watch it only for the day.‎ Tracy took photos of the dog and printed off 400 FOUND fliers(传单),and put them in mailboxes.Meanwhile,Ann went to the dollar store and bought some pet supplies,warning her two sons not to fall in love with the dog.At the time,Ann’s son Thomas was 10 years old,and Jack,who was recovering from a heart operation,was 21 years old.‎ Four days later Ann was still looking after the dog,whom they had started to call Riley.When she arrived home from work,the dog threw itself against the screen door and barked madly at her.As soon as she opened the door,Riley dashed into the boys’ room where Ann found Jack suffering a heart attack.Riley ran over to Jack,but as soon as Ann bent over to help him the dog went silent.‎ ‎“If it hadn’t come to get me,the doctor said Jack would have died,”Ann reported to a local newspaper.At this point,no one had called to claim the dog,so Ann decided to keep it.‎ The next morning Tracy got a call.A man named Peter recognized his lost dog and called the number on the flier.Tracy started crying,and told him,“That dog saved my friend’s son.”‎ Peter drove to Ann’s house to pick up his dog,and saw Thomas and Jack crying in the window.After a few moments Peter said,“Maybe Odie was supposed to find you,maybe you should keep it.”‎ ‎1.What did Tracy do after finding the dog?‎ A.She looked for its owner.‎ B.She gave it to Ann as a gift.‎ C.She sold it to the dollar store.‎ D.She bought some food for it.‎ ‎2.How did the dog help save Jack?‎ A.By breaking the door for Ann.‎ B.By leading Ann to Jack’s room.‎ C.By dragging Jack out of the room.‎ D.By attending Jack when Ann was out.‎ ‎3.What was Ann’s attitude to the dog according to Paragraph 4?‎ A.Sympathetic.　　　　　B.Doubtful.　　　　　C.Tolerant.　　　　　D.Grateful.‎ ‎4.For what purpose did Peter call Tracy?‎ A.To help her friend’s son.　　　B.To interview Tracy.‎ C.To take back his dog.　　　D.To return the flier to her.‎ ‎5.What can we infer about the dog from the last paragraph?‎ A.It would be given to Odie.‎ B.It would be kept by Ann’s family.‎ C.It would be returned to Peter.‎ D.It would be taken away by Tracy.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.C ‎5.B Passage 13(2014江西,A)‎ Larry was on another of his underwater expeditions(探险)but this time,it was different.He decided to take his daughter along with him.She was only ten years old.This would be her first trip with her father on what he had always been famous for.‎ Larry first began diving when he was his daughter’s age.Similarly,his father had taken him along on one of his expeditions.Since then,he had never looked back.Larry started out by renting diving suits from the small diving shop just along the shore.He had hated them.They were either too big or too small.Then,there was the instructor.He gave him a short lesson before allowing him into the water with his father.He had made an exception.Larry would never have been able to go down without at least five hours of theory and another similar number of hours on practical lessons with a guide.Children his age were not even allowed to dive.‎ After the first expedition,Larry’s later diving adventures only got better and better.There was never a dull moment.In his black and blue suit and with an oxygen tank fastened on his back,Larry dived from boats into the middle of the ocean.Dangerous areas did not prevent him from continuing his search.Sometimes,he was limited to a cage underwater but that did not bother him.At least,he was still able to take photographs of the underwater creatures.‎ Larry’s first expedition without his father was in the Cayman Islands.There were numerous diving spots in the area and Larry was determined to visit all of them.Fortunately for him,a man offered to take him around the different spots for free.Larry did not even know what the time was,how many spots he dived into or how many photographs he had taken.The diving spots afforded such a wide array of fish and sea creatures that Larry saw more than thirty varieties of creatures. ‎ Larry looked at his daughter.She looked as excited as he had been when he was her age.He hoped she would be able to continue the family tradition.Already,she looked like she was much braver than Larry had been then.This was the key to a successful underwater expedition.‎ ‎1.In what way was this expedition different for Larry?‎ A.His daughter had grown up.‎ B.He had become a famous diver.‎ C.His father would dive with him.‎ D.His daughter would dive with him.‎ ‎2.What can be inferred from Paragraph 2?‎ A.Larry had some privileges.‎ B.Larry liked the rented diving suits.‎ C.Divers had to buy diving equipment.‎ D.Ten-year-old children were permitted to dive.‎ ‎3.Why did Larry have to stay in a cage underwater sometimes?‎ A.To protect himself from danger.‎ B.To dive into the deep water.‎ C.To admire the underwater view.‎ D.To take photos more conveniently.‎ ‎4.What can be learned from the underlined sentence?‎ A.Larry didn’t wear a watch.‎ B.Larry was not good at math.‎ C.Larry had a poor memory.‎ D.Larry enjoyed the adventure.‎ ‎5.What did Larry expect his daughter to do?‎ A.Become a successful diver.‎ B.Make a good diving guide.‎ C.Take a lot of photos underwater.‎ D.Have longer hours of training.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.A ‎4.D ‎5.A Passage 14(2014课标全国Ⅱ,C)‎ One of the latest trends(趋势)in American childcare is Chinese au pairs.Au Pair in Stamford,Conn.,for example,has got increasing numbers of requests for Chinese au pairs from zero to around 4,000 since 2004.And that’s true all across the country.‎ ‎ “I thought it would be very useful for him to learn Chinese at an early age,”Joseph Stocke,the managing director of a company,says of his 2-year-old son.“I would at least like to give him the chance to use the language in the future.”After only six months of being cared for by a 25-year-old woman from China,the boy can already understand basic Chinese daily expressions,his dad says.‎ ‎ Li Drake,a Chinese native raising two children in Minnesota with an American husband,had another reason for looking for an au pair from China:She didn’t want her children to miss out on their roots.“Because I am Chinese,my husband and I wanted the children to keep exposed to(接触)the language and culture,” she says.‎ ‎ “Staying with a native speaker is better for children than simply sitting in a classroom,” says Suzanne Flynn,a professor in language education of children.“But parents must understand that just one year with an au pair is unlikely to produce wonders.Complete mastery demands continued learning until the age of 10 or 12.”‎ ‎ The popularity of au pairs from China has been strengthened by the increasing numbers of American parents who want their children to learn Chinese.It is expected that American demand for au pairs will continue to rise in the next few years.‎ ‎1.What does the term “au pair” in the text mean?‎ ‎ A.A mother raising her children on her own.‎ ‎ B.A child learning a foreign language at home.‎ ‎ C.A professor in language education of children.‎ ‎ D.A young foreign woman taking care of children.‎ ‎2.Li Drake has her children study Chinese because she wants them　　　. ‎ ‎ A.to live in China some day ‎ B.to speak the language at home ‎ C.to catch up with other children ‎ D.to learn about the Chinese culture ‎ 3.What can we infer from the text?‎ ‎ A.Learning Chinese is becoming popular in America.‎ ‎ B.Educated women do better in looking after children.‎ ‎ C.Chinese au pairs need to improve their English skills.‎ ‎ D.Children can learn a foreign language well in six months.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.D ‎3.A Passage 15(2014辽宁,B)‎ ‎(Q=Question;A=Answer)‎ Situation Ⅰ Q:If someone sits right next to me in an empty movie theater, is it rude to move?‎ A:Maybe, but nobody will fault you for it. Chances are that the close sitter doesn’t realize he disturbs you, so he may miss your annoyance. You undoubtedly aren’t the first person he’s met who needs enough room. Forgive his bad judgment, move quietly and enjoy the show.‎ Situation Ⅱ Q:If I use the bathroom at a store,do I need to buy something?‎ A:Consider frequency and urgency. Is this a one-time thing or an emergency? If so, you don’t have to buy anything, but it would be kind if you did. However, if you ‎ regularly use the bathroom at this place, then you are a customer, and you should act like one.‎ Situation Ⅲ Q:If someone is talking loudly on the bus, is there a nice way to ask him to keep it down?‎ A:No. Try other means:1)Stare at him until he gets aware of it and quiets down. 2)Lift your finger in a silence motion(动作)and smile. 3)Put on earphones and ignore him.‎ Situation Ⅳ Q:If I remember my friend’s birthday a day late, should I apologize or just wish her a happy birthday like nothing happened?‎ A:This is the reason why the word belated was invented. “Happy belated birthday!”is short for:“Well, I know I forgot, but then I remembered. Forgive me and happy birthday.”‎ Situation Ⅴ Q:Can I lie about seeing a text because I was too busy or lazy to respond(回复)to it?‎ A:Don’t lie.Receiving a text does not mean you need to respond to it.Why waste a perfectly good lie when the truth will serve?“Yes,”you can say if ever asked, “I saw it.”No explanation is needed as to why you don’t respond.‎ ‎1.You will get annoyed in a theater when　　　. ‎ A.a person is too active　　　B.a person is too rude to you C.a person talks too loudly　　　D.a person sits too close to you ‎2.How will you quiet someone down in a public place?‎ A.By making fun of him continuously.‎ B.By looking purposefully at him.‎ C.By talking to him directly.‎ D.By pointing angrily at him.‎ ‎3.The underlined word “belated” in Situation Ⅳ probably means　　　. ‎ A.predicted　　　　　B.returned　　　　　C.cancelled　　　　　D.delayed ‎4.What is the passage mainly about?‎ A.Modern ways to mind your manners.‎ B.Different ways to change others’ manners.‎ C.Proper manners to offer help to others.‎ D.Good manners to talk to people.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.A Passage 16(2014北京,D)‎ Store Scent(香味)‎ What is the first thing you notice when you walk into a shop?The products displayed(展示)at the entrance?Or the soft background music?‎ But have you ever noticed the smell?Unless it is bad,the answer is likely to be no.But while a shop’s scent may not be outstanding compared with sights and sounds,it is certainly there.And it is proving to be an increasingly powerful tool in encouraging people to purchase.‎ A brand store has become famous for its distinctive scent which floats through the fairly dark hall and out to the entrance,via scent machines.A smell may be attractive but it may not just be used for freshening air.One sports goods company once reported that when it first introduced scent into its stores,customers’ intention to purchase increased by 80 percent.‎ When it comes to the best shopping streets in Paris,scent is just as important to a brand’s success as the quality of its window displays and goods on sale.That is mainly because shopping is a very different experience to what it used to be.‎ Some years ago,the focus for brand name shopping was on a few people with sales assistants’ disproving attitude and don’t-touch-what-you-can’t-afford displays.Now the rise of electronic commerce(e-commerce)has opened up famous brands to a wider audience.But while e-shops can use sights and sounds,only bricks-and-mortar stores(实体店)can offer a full experience from the minute customers step through the door to the moment they leave.Another brand store seeks to be much more than a shop,but rather a destination.And scent is just one way to achieve this.‎ Now,a famous store uses complex man-made smell to make sure that the soft scent of baby powder floats through the kid department,and coconut(椰子)scent in the swimsuit section.A department store has even opened a new lab,inviting customers on a journey into the store’s windows to smell books,pots and drawers,in search of their perfect scent.‎ ‎1.According to the passage, what is an increasingly powerful tool in the success of some brand stores?‎ A.Friendly assistants.‎ B.Unique scents.‎ C.Soft background music.‎ D.Attractive window display.‎ ‎2.E-shops are mentioned in the passage to　　　. ‎ A.show the advantages of bricks-and-mortar stores B.urge shop assistants to change their attitude C.push stores to use sights and sounds D.introduce the rise of e-commerce ‎3.The underlined word “destination” in Paragraph 5 means　　　. ‎ A.a platform that exhibits goods B.a spot where travelers like to stay C.a place where customers love to go D.a target that a store expects to meet ‎4.The main purpose of the passage is to　　　. ‎ A.compare and evaluate　　　B.examine and assess C.argue and discuss　　　D.inform and explain 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.A ‎3.C ‎4.D Passage 17(2014重庆,B)‎ There have always been a lot of commonly believed but false ideas about being fat and doing exercise.Some people believe that they can’t help putting on weight as they get older,while others hold that if they stop exercising,their muscles will turn into fat.Here are some more myths:‎ I’ll never lose weight—I come from a fat family Wrong!While we can’t change the body type we are born with,we can’t blame our genes for making us fat.There’s plenty of evidence that fatness runs in families,and the main reason is that they share the same habits of eating too much and exercising too little.‎ I am fat because I burn calories slowly Wrong!Fatness is not caused by a slow metabolism(新陈代谢).In fact,although fat people consume more energy than slim people,they also fail to realize how much they eat!Keeping a diary can help you work out your daily food intake more accurately.‎ Exercise is boring Wrong!Anything will become boring if you do it repetitively.The key is to develop a balanced and varied program that’s fun as well as progressive.If you enjoy a Sunday walk,take a different route.If you do yoga,try a tai chi class.If you like swimming,set yourself a distance or time challenge.‎ No pain,no gain Wrong!Exercise is not meant to hurt.Indeed,pain is your body telling you something’s wrong,and continuing to exercise could lead to serious injury.You may experience mild discomfort as you begin to exercise regularly,but this is your body adapting to the positive changes in your lifestyle and the aches should disappear relatively quickly.If they don’t,rest and seek medical advice.‎ ‎1.What does the author think about being fat?‎ A.It is the family genes that make people fat.‎ B.People are fat because they consume too little energy.‎ C.A diary of exercise can prevent people from becoming fat.‎ D.It is the consequence of people’s unbalanced lifestyle.‎ ‎2.According to the author, how can we make exercise more interesting?‎ A.By taking varied exercise.　　　B.By choosing simple exercise.‎ C.By doing regular exercise.　　　D.By sticking to outdoor exercise.‎ ‎3.What is the author’s opinion about “No pain, no gain” in exercising?‎ A.Keeping fit is essentially a painful experience.‎ B.Exercise should be stopped if continuous pain is felt.‎ C.Pain in exercise is a precondition for reaching your goal.‎ D.Getting used to pain leads to positive changes in your body.‎ ‎4.What is the purpose of the passage?‎ A.To declare the importance of keeping fit.‎ B.To clarify some misconceptions about fatness and exercise.‎ C.To confirm what has long been believed about keeping fit.‎ D.To explain some medical facts about being fat and doing exercise.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.B ‎4.B Passage 18(2013北京,C)‎ Does Fame Drive You Crazy?‎ Although being famous might sound like a dream come true,today’s stars,feeling like zoo animals,face pressures that few of us can imagine.They are at the center of much of the world’s attention.Paparazzi(狗仔队)camp outside their homes,cameras ready.Tabloids(小报)publish thrilling stories about their personal lives.Just imagine not being able to do anything without being photographed or interrupted for a signature!‎ According to psychologist Christina Villarreal,celebrities—famous people—worry constantly about their public appearance.Eventually,they start to lose track of who they really are,seeing themselves the way their fans imagine them,not as the people they were before everyone knew their names.“Over time,”Villarreal says,“they feel separated and alone.”‎ The phenomenon of tracking celebrities has been around for ages.In the 4th century B.C.,painters followed Alexander the Great into battle,hoping to picture his victories for his admirers.When Charles Dickens visited America in the 19th century,his sold-out readings attracted thousands of fans,leading him to complain(抱怨)about his lack of privacy.Tabloids of the 1920s and 1930s ran articles about film-stars in much the same way that modern tabloids and websites do.‎ Being a public figure today,however,is a lot more difficult than it used to be.Superstars cannot move about without worrying about photographers with modern ‎ cameras.When they say something silly or do something ridiculous,there is always the Internet to spread the news in minutes and keep their “story”alive forever.‎ If fame is so troublesome,why aren’t all celebrities running away from it?The answer is there are still ways to deal with it.Some stars stay calm by surrounding themselves with trusted friends and family or by escaping to remote places away from big cities.They focus not on how famous they are but on what they love to do or whatever made them famous in the first place.‎ Sometimes a few celebrities can get a little justice.Still,even stars who enjoy full justice often complain about how hard their lives are.They are tired of being famous already.‎ ‎1.It can be learned from the passage that stars today　　　. ‎ A.are often misunderstood by the public B.can no longer have their privacy protected C.spend too much on their public appearance D.care little about how they have come into fame ‎2.What is the main idea of Paragraph 3?‎ A.Great heroes of the past were generally admired.‎ B.The problem faced by celebrities has a long history.‎ C.Well-known actors are usually targets of tabloids.‎ D.Works of popular writers often have a lot of readers.‎ ‎3.What makes it much harder to be a celebrity today?‎ A.Availability of modern media.‎ B.Inadequate social recognition.‎ C.Lack of favorable chances.‎ D.Huge population of fans.‎ ‎4.What is the author’s attitude toward modern celebrity?‎ A.Sincere.　　　B.Sceptical.‎ C.Disapproving.　　　D.Sympathetic.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.B ‎3.A ‎4.D Passage 19(2014重庆,A)‎ I was never very neat,while my roommate Kate was extremely organized.Each of her objects had its place,but mine always hid somewhere.She even labeled(贴标签)everything.I always looked for everything.Over time,Kate got neater and I got messier.She would push my dirty clothing over,and I would lay my books on her tidy desk.We both got tired of each other.‎ War broke out one evening.Kate came into the room.Soon,I heard her screaming,“Take your shoes away!Why under my bed!”Deafened,I saw my shoes flying at me.I jumped to my feet and started yelling.She yelled back louder.‎ The room was filled with anger.We could not have stayed together for a single minute but for a phone call.Kate answered it.From her end of the conversation,I could tell right away her grandma was seriously ill.When she hung up,she quickly crawled(爬)under her covers,sobbing.Obviously,that was something she should not go through alone.All of a sudden,a warm feeling of sympathy rose up in my heart.‎ Slowly,I collected the pencils,took back the books,made my bed,cleaned the socks and swept the floor,even on her side.I got so into my work that I even didn’t notice Kate had sat up.She was watching,her tears dried and her expression one of disbelief.Then,she reached out her hands to grasp mine.I looked up into her eyes.She smiled at me,“Thanks.”‎ Kate and I stayed roommates for the rest of the year.We didn’t always agree,but we learned the key to living together:giving in,cleaning up and holding on.‎ ‎1.What made Kate so angry one evening?‎ A.She couldn’t find her books.‎ B.She heard the author shouting loud.‎ C.She got the news that her grandma was ill.‎ D.She saw the author’s shoes beneath her bed.‎ ‎2.The author tidied up the room most probably because　　　. ‎ A.she was scared by Kate’s anger B.she hated herself for being so messy C.she wanted to show her care D.she was asked by Kate to do so ‎3.How is Paragraph 1 mainly developed?‎ A.By analyzing causes.‎ B.By showing differences.‎ C.By describing a process.‎ D.By following time order.‎ ‎4.What might be the best title for the story?‎ A.My Friend Kate　　　B.Hard Work Pays Off C.How to Be Organized　　　D.Learning to Be Roommates 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.C ‎3.B ‎4.D Passage 20(2014课标Ⅱ,B)‎ Since the first Earth Day in 1970,Americans have gotten a lot “greener”toward the environment.“We didn’t know at that time that there even was an environment,let alone that there was a problem with it,”says Bruce Anderson,president of Earth Day USA.‎ ‎ But what began as nothing important in public affairs has grown into a social movement.Business people,political leaders,university professors,and especially millions of grass-roots Americans are taking part in the movement.“The understanding has increased many,many times,”says Gaylord Nelson,the former governor from Wisconsin,who thought up the first Earth Day.‎ According to US government reports,emissions(排放)from cars and trucks have dropped from 10.3 million tons a year to 5.5 million tons.The number of cities producing CO beyond the standard has been reduced from 40 to 9.Although serious problems still remain and need to be dealt with,the world is a safer and healthier place.A kind of “green thinking” has become part of practices.‎ Great improvement has been achieved.In 1988 there were only 600 recycling programs;today in 1995 there are about 6,600.Advanced lights,motors,and building designs have helped save a lot of energy and therefore prevented pollution.‎ ‎ Twenty-five years ago,there were hardly any education programs for environment.Today,it’s hard to find a public school,university,or law school that does not have such a kind of program.“Until we do that,nothing else will change!”says Bruce Anderson.‎ ‎1.According to Anderson, before 1970, Americans had little idea about　　　. ‎ A.the social movement B.recycling techniques C.environmental problems D.the importance of Earth Day ‎2.Where does the support for environmental protection mainly come from?‎ A.The grass-roots level.　　　B.The business circle.‎ C.Government officials.　　　D.University professors.‎ ‎3.What have Americans achieved in environmental protection?‎ A.They have cut car emissions to the lowest.‎ B.They have settled their environmental problems.‎ C.They have lowered their CO levels in forty cities.‎ D.They have reduced pollution through effective measures.‎ ‎4.What is especially important for environmental protection according to the last paragraph?‎ A.Education.　　　B.Planning.‎ C.Green living.　　　D.CO reduction.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.A ‎3.D ‎4.A Passage 21(2014湖南,B)‎ In the mid-1950s,I was a somewhat bored early-adolescent male student who believed that doing any more than necessary was wasted effort.One day,this approach threw me into embarrassment. ‎ In Mrs.Totten’s eighth-grade math class at Central Avenue School in Anderson,Indiana,we were learning to add and subtract decimals(小数).‎ Our teacher typically assigned daily homework,which would be recited in class the following day.On most days,our grades were based on our oral answers to homework questions.‎ Mrs.Totten usually walked up and down the rows of desks requesting answers from student after student in the order the questions had appeared on our homework sheets.She would start either at the front or the back of the classroom and work toward the other end.‎ Since I was seated near the middle of about 35 students,it was easy to figure out which questions I might have to answer.This particular time,I had completed my usual two or three problems according to my calculations.‎ What I failed to expect was that several students were absent,which threw off my estimate.As Mrs.Totten made her way from the beginning of the class,I desperately tried to determine which math problem I would get.I tried to work it out before she got to me,but I had brain freeze and couldn’t function.‎ When Mrs.Totten reached my desk,she asked what answer I’d got for problem No.14.“I...I didn’t get anything,”I answered,and my face felt warm.‎ ‎“Correct,”she said.‎ It turned out that the correct answer was zero.‎ What did I learn that day?First,always do all your homework.Second,in real life it isn’t always what you say but how you say it that matters.Third,I would never make it as a mathematician.‎ If I could choose one school day that taught me the most,it would be that one.‎ ‎1.What does the underlined part in Paragraph 1 indicate?‎ A.It is wise to value one’s time.‎ B.It is important to make an effort.‎ C.It is right to stick to one’s belief.‎ D.It is enough to do the necessary.‎ ‎2.Usually, Mrs. Totten asked her students to　　　. ‎ A.recite their homework together B.grade their homework themselves C.answer their homework questions orally D.check the answers to their homework questions ‎3.The author could work out which questions to answer since the teacher always　　　. ‎ A.asked questions in a regular way B.walked up and down when asking questions C.chose two or three questions for the students D.requested her students to finish their usual questions ‎4.The author failed to get the questions he had expected because　　　. ‎ A.the class didn’t begin as usual B.several students didn’t come to school C.he didn’t try hard to make his estimate D.Mrs.Totten didn’t start from the back of the class ‎5.Which of the following can be the best title for the passage?‎ A.An Unforgettable Teacher　　　B.A Future Mathematician C.An Effective Approach　　　D.A Valuable Lesson 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.B ‎5.D Passage 22(2013山东,D)‎ Sparrow is a fast-food chain with 200 restaurants.Some years ago,the group to which Sparrow belonged was taken over by another company.Although Sparrow showed no sign of declining,the chain was generally in an unhealthy state.With more and more fast-food concepts reaching the market,the Sparrow menu had to struggle for attention.And to make matters worse,its new owner had no plans to give it the funds it required.‎ Sparrow failed to grow for another two years,until a new CEO,Carl Pearson,decided to build up its market share.He did a survey,which showed that consumers who ‎ already used Sparrow restaurants were extremely positive about the chain,while customers of other fast-food chains were unwilling to turn away from them.Sparrow had to develop a new promotional campaign.‎ Pearson faced a battle over the future of the Sparrow brand.The chain’s owner now favored rebranding Sparrow as Marcy’s restaurants.Pearson resisted,arguing for an advertising campaign designed to convince customers that visits to Sparrow restaurants were fun.Such an attempt to establish a positive relationship between a company and the general public was unusual for that time.Pearson strongly believed that numbers were the key to success,rather than customers’ spending power.Finally,the owner accepted his idea.‎ The campaign itself changed the traditional advertising style of the fast-food industry.The TV ads of Sparrow focused on entertainment and featured original songs performed by a variety of stars.Instead of showing the superiority of a specific product,the intention was to put Sparrow in the hearts of potential customers.‎ Pearson also made other decisions which he believed would contribute to the new Sparrow image.For example,he offered to lower the rent of any restaurants which achieved a certain increase in their turnover(营业额).‎ These efforts paid off,and Sparrow soon became one of the most successful fast-food chains in the regions where it operated.‎ ‎1.Which was one of the problems Sparrow faced before Pearson became CEO?‎ A.The number of its customers was declining.‎ B.Its customers found the food unhealthy.‎ C.It was in need of financial support.‎ D.Most of its restaurants were closed.‎ ‎2.What does the underlined word “them” in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A.Customers of Sparrow restaurants.‎ B.Sparrow restaurants.‎ C.Customers of other fast-food chains.‎ D.Other fast-food chains.‎ ‎3.For what purpose did Pearson start the advertising campaign?‎ A.To build a good relationship with the public.‎ B.To stress the unusual tradition of Sparrow.‎ C.To learn about customers’ spending power.‎ D.To meet the challenge from Marcy’s restaurants.‎ ‎4.The TV ads of Sparrow　　　. ‎ A.changed people’s views on pop stars B.amused the public with original songs C.focused on the superiority of its products D.influenced the eating habits of the audience ‎5.What was Pearson’s achievement as a CEO?‎ A.He managed to pay off Sparrow’s debts.‎ B.He made Sparrow much more competitive.‎ C.He helped Sparrow take over a company.‎ D.He improved the welfare of Sparrow employees.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.D ‎3.A ‎4.B ‎5.B Passage 23(2013课标Ⅱ,C)‎ Given that many people’s moods(情绪)are regulated by the chemical action of chocolate,it was probably only a matter of time before somebody made the chocolate ‎ shop similar to a drugstore of Chinese medicine.Looking like a setting from the film Charlie & the Chocolate Factory,Singapore’s Chocolate Research Facility(CRF)has over 100 varieties of chocolates.Its founder is Chris Lee who grew up at his parents’ corner store with one hand almost always in the jar of sweets.‎ If the CRF seems to be a smart idea,that’s because Lee is not merely a seasoned salesperson but also head of a marketing department that has business relations with big names such as Levi’s and Sony.That idea surely results in the imagination at work when it comes to making different flavored(味道)chocolates.‎ The CRF’s produce is “green”,made within the country and divided into 10 lines,with the Alcohol Series being the most popular.The Exotic Series—with Sichuan pepper,red bean(豆),cheese and other flavors—also does well and is fun to taste.And for chocolate snobs,who think that they have a better knowledge of chocolate than others,the Connoisseur Series uses cocoa beans from Togo,Cuba,Venezuela,and Ghana,among others. ‎ ‎1.What is good about chocolate?‎ A.It serves as a suitable gift.‎ B.It works as an effective medicine.‎ C.It helps improve the state of mind.‎ D.It strengthens business relations.‎ ‎2.Why is Chris Lee able to develop his idea of the CRF?‎ A.He knows the importance of research.‎ B.He learns from shops of similar types.‎ C.He has the support of many big names.‎ D.He has a lot of marketing experience.‎ ‎3.Which line of the CRF produce sells best?‎ A.The Connoisseur Series.　　　B.The Exotic Series.‎ C.The Alcohol Series.　　　D.The Sichuan Series.‎ ‎4.The words “chocolate snobs” in Paragraph 3 probably refer to people who　　　. ‎ A.are particular about chocolate B.know little about cocoa beans C.look down upon others D.like to try new flavors 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.D ‎3.C ‎4.A Passage 24(2014江西,D)‎ Everyone looks forward to progress,whether in one’s personal life or in the general society.Progress indicates a person’s ability to change the way he is living at the moment.Progress must lead to a better life and a better way of doing things.All these,however,remain true only in so far as people want to accept technology and move forward by finding new and more efficient ways of doing things.‎ However,at the back of the minds of many people,especially those who miss the “good old days”,efficiency comes with a price.When communication becomes more efficient,people are able to contact one another no matter where they are and at whatever time they wish to.The click of a button allows people miles apart to talk or see each other without even leaving their homes.With the communication gadgets,such as mobile phones and iPads,people often do not take the effort to visit one another personally.A personal visit carries with it the additional feature of having to be in the person’s presence for as long as the visit lasts.We cannot unnecessarily excuse ourselves or turn the other person off. ‎ With efficiency also comes mass production.Such is the nature of factories and the success of industrialization today.Factories have improved efficiency.Unskillful tasks are left to machines and products are better made and produced with greater accuracy than any human hand could ever have done.However,with the improvements in efficiency also comes the loss of the personal touch when making these products.For example,many handicrafts(手工艺品)are now produced in a factory.Although this ‎ means that supply is better able to increase demand,now that the supply is quick and efficient,the demand might fall because mass production lowers the quality of the handicraft and it is difficult to find unique designs on each item.‎ Nevertheless,we must not commit the mistake of analyzing progress only from one point of view.In fact,progress has allowed tradition to keep up.It is only with progress and the invention of new technology that many old products can be brought back to their old state.New technology is required for old products to stay old.‎ It is people’s attitude towards progress that causes the type of influence that technology has on society.Technology is flexible.There is no fixed way of making use of it.Everything depends on people’s attitude.The worst effects of progress will fall on those who are unable to rethink their attitudes and views of society.When we accept progress and adapt it to suit our needs,a new “past” is created.‎ ‎1.According to Paragraph 1, progress can benefit people when they are willing to　　　. ‎ A.live a better life ‎ B.look for better methods C.change ways of living D.accept technology and advance steadily ‎2.The underlined word “gadgets” is closest in meaning to　　　. ‎ A.tools　　　　　B.messages　　　　　C.barriers　　　　　D.skills ‎3.The author explains “efficiency comes with a price” by　　　. ‎ A.describing a process B.using examples C.following time order D.making classification ‎4.Compared with home-made handicrafts,machine-made products　　　. ‎ A.lack great accuracy　　　B.lack the personal touch C.are of high value　　　D.are quite welcome ‎5.What can be learned about technology from Paragraph 4?‎ A.It can destroy old traditions.‎ B.It can lead to social progress.‎ C.It can be used to correct mistakes.‎ D.It can be used to preserve old products.‎ ‎6.What can be concluded from the last paragraph?‎ A.Progress can suit the needs of daily life.‎ B.People review the past with great regret.‎ C.Technology should be introduced in a fixed way.‎ D.People’s attitude decides the use of technology.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.B ‎4.B ‎5.D ‎6.D Passage 25(2014陕西,B)‎ When I told my father that I was moving to Des Moines,Iowa,he told me about the only time he had been there.It was in the 1930s,when he was an editor of the literary magazine of Southern Methodist University(SMU)in Dallas,Texas.He also worked as a professor at SMU,and there was a girl student in his class who suffered from a serious back disease.She couldn’t afford the operation because her family was poor.‎ Her mother ran a boarding house in Galveston,a seaside town near Houston,Texas.She was cleaning out the attic(阁楼)one day when she came across an old dusty ‎ manuscript(手稿).On its top page were the words,“By O.Henry.”It was a nice story,and she sent it to her daughter at SMU,who showed it to my father.My father had never read the story before,but it sounded like O.Henry,and he knew that O.Henry had once lived in Houston.So it was possible that the famous author had gone to the beach and stayed in the Galveston boarding house,and had written the story there and left the manuscript behind by accident.My father visited an O.Henry expert at Columbia University in New York,who authenticated the story as O.Henry’s.‎ My father then set out to sell it.Eventually,he found himself in Des Moines,meeting with Gardner Cowles,a top editor at the Des Moines Register.Cowles loved the story and bought it on the spot.My father took the money to the girl.It was just enough for her to have the operation she so desperately needed.‎ My father never told me what the O.Henry story was about.But I doubt that it could have been better than his own story.‎ ‎1.Who found the O.Henry’s manuscript?‎ A.The girl’s mother.　　　B.The author’s father.‎ C.The girl.　　　D.The author.‎ ‎2.Which of the following might explain the fact that the manuscript was found in the attic?‎ A.O.Henry once worked in Houston.‎ B.O.Henry once stayed in Galveston.‎ C.O.Henry once moved to Des Moines.‎ D.O.Henry once taught at SMU.‎ ‎3.The underlined word “authenticated” in Paragraph 2 probably means　　　. ‎ A.named　　　B.treated C.proved　　　D.described ‎4.According to the text,why did the author’s father go to Des Moines?‎ A.To sell the O.Henry story.‎ B.To meet the author himself.‎ C.To talk with the O.Henry expert.‎ D.To give money to the girl.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.B ‎3.C ‎4.A Passage 26(2014福建,E)‎ As has been all too apparent in recent days at Balcombe,few issues cause greater concern than energy policy.Many village communities feel their countryside is being ruined by the power-producing machines of wind farms;yet they never take“direct action”,even though the planning laws put them at a severe disadvantage.And the generous subsidies(财政补贴),which encourage the expansion of wind power,are not favorable to the village communities and set landowners in conflict with other residents(居民).‎ Those who disagree with the rapid expansion of wind farms state that the damage they cause is out of proportion(比例)to the benefits they bring,because their energy output cannot match that of the carbon-based power stations they are supposed to replace.Supporters insist that wind must be part of a mix of renewables,nuclear and carbon,and that the country is committed to meeting EU(European Union)targets for non-carbon energy generation.‎ Against this background,the fact that there is an argument within the Government over whether to publish an official report on wind farms’ impact on the countryside becomes even more extraordinary.The two parties in the coalition(联合)government are in disagreement over what it should say.‎ We have some advice for the two parties:publish the report,and let the country be the judge.Even if it contains evidence that wind farms are harmful,it will hardly be a pleasant surprise to people who do not like them.Equally,supporters must argue their ‎ case by acknowledging the concerns and explaining why they are either misplaced or worthy of much attention.‎ The suggestion that further negotiations are to take place to produce an “acceptable”report suggests that the politics of coalition government are doing the country harm in a certain way.Given the sensitivities involved,all the information should be available so that people can reach their own conclusions,rather than being left with the suspicion(猜疑)that facts are being replaced by political beliefs.‎ ‎1.We can learn from the first paragraph that　　　. ‎ A.energy policy catches much attention of the public B.the residents are in favor of the expansion of wind farms C.many village communities are satisfied with the subsidies D.the planning laws offer great benefits to the residents ‎2.Supporters think that the expansion of wind power　　　. ‎ A.is more rapid than that of carbon-based power B.guarantees an increase in energy output C.is expected to be much better than that of nuclear power D.agrees with EU targets for non-carbon energy generation ‎3.It can be inferred from the passage that　　　. ‎ A.an official report will settle the energy problem B.the two parties are divided over the issue of wind farms C.the two parties have agreed on a further negotiation D.political beliefs concerning energy issue go against facts ‎4.Which of the following reflects the author’s opinion?‎ A.Increase political impact on energy policy.‎ B.Release a statement of supporters on wind farms.‎ C.Let the nation judge the facts about wind power.‎ D.Leave the two parties to reach their own conclusions.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 27(2013课标Ⅰ,B)‎ The baby is just one day old and has not yet left hospital.She is quiet but alert(警觉).Twenty centimeters from her face researchers have placed a white card with two black spots on it.She stares at it carefully.A researcher removes the card and replaces it by another,this time with the spots differently spaced.As the cards change from one to the other,her gaze(凝视)starts to lose its focus—until a third,with three black spots,is presented.Her gaze returns:she looks at it for twice as long as she did at the previous card.Can she tell that the number two is different from three,just 24 hours after coming into the world?‎ Or do newborns simply prefer more to fewer?The same experiment,but with three spots shown before two,shows the same return of interest when the number of spots changes.Perhaps it is just the newness?When slightly older babies were shown cards with pictures of objects(a comb,a key,an orange and so on),changing the number of objects had an effect separate from changing the objects themselves.Could it be the pattern that two things make,as opposed to three?No again.Babies paid more attention to squares moving randomly on a screen when their number changed from two to three,or three to two.The effect even crosses between senses.Babies who were repeatedly shown two spots became more excited when they then heard three drumbeats than when they heard just two;likewise(同样地)when the researchers started with drumbeats and moved to spots.‎ ‎1.The experiment described in Paragraph 1 is related to the baby’s　　　. ‎ A.sense of hearing　　　B.sense of sight C.sense of touch　　　D.sense of smell ‎2.Babies are sensitive to the change in　　　. ‎ A.the size of cards　　　B.the colour of pictures C.the shape of patterns　　　D.the number of objects ‎3.Why did the researchers test the babies with drumbeats?‎ A.To reduce the difficulty of the experiment.‎ B.To see how babies recognize sounds.‎ C.To carry their experiment further.‎ D.To keep the babies’ interest.‎ ‎4.Where does this text probably come from?‎ A.Science fiction.　　　B.Children’s literature.‎ C.An advertisement.　　　D.A science report.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.C ‎4.D Passage 28(2013课标Ⅰ,C)‎ It happened to me recently.I was telling someone how much I had enjoyed reading Barack Obama’s Dreams From My Father and how it had changed my views of our President.A friend I was talking to agreed with me that it was,in his words,“a brilliantly(精彩地)written book”.However,he then went on to talk about Mr Obama in a way which suggested he had no idea of his background at all.I sensed that I was talking to a book liar.‎ And it seems that my friend is not the only one.Approximately two thirds of people have lied about reading a book which they haven’t.In the World Book Day’s “Report ‎ on Guilty Secrets”,Dreams From My Father is at number 9.The report lists ten books,and various authors,which people have lied about reading,and as I’m not one to lie too often(I’d hate to be caught out),I’ll admit here and now that I haven’t read the entire top ten.But I am pleased to say that,unlike 42 percent of people,I have read the book at number one,George Orwell’s 1984.I think it’s really brilliant.‎ The World Book Day report also has some other interesting information in it.It says that many people lie about having read Jane Austen,Charles Dickens,Fyodor Dostoevsky(I haven’t read him,but haven’t lied about it either)and Herman Melville.‎ Asked why they lied,the most common reason was to“impress”someone they were speaking to.This could be tricky if the conversation became more in-depth!‎ But when asked which authors they actually enjoy,people named J.K.Rowling,John Grisham,Sophie Kinsella(ah,the big sellers,in other words).Forty-two percent of people asked admitted they turned to the back of the book to read the end before finishing the story(I’ll come clean:I do this and am astonished that 58 percent said they had never done so).‎ ‎1.How did the author find his friend a book liar?‎ A.By judging his manner of speaking.‎ B.By looking into his background.‎ C.By mentioning a famous name.‎ D.By discussing the book itself.‎ ‎2.Which of the following is a“guilty secret”according to the World Book Day report?‎ A.Charles Dickens is very low on the top-ten list.‎ B.42% of people pretended to have read 1984.‎ C.The author admitted having read 9 books.‎ D.Dreams From My Father is hardly read.‎ ‎3.By lying about reading,a person hopes to　　　. ‎ A.control the conversation　　　B.appear knowledgeable C.learn about the book　　　D.make more friends ‎4.What is the author’s attitude to 58% of readers?‎ A.Favorable.　　　B.Uncaring.‎ C.Doubtful.　　　D.Friendly.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 29(2012全国Ⅱ,C)‎ Facial expressions carry meaning that is determined by situations and relationships.For example,in American culture(文化)the smile is in general an expression of pleasure.Yet it also has other uses.A woman’s smile at a police officer does not carry the same meaning as the smile she gives to a young child.A smile may show love or politeness.It can also hide true feelings.It often causes confusion(困惑)across cultures.For example,many people in Russia consider smiling at strangers in public to be unusual and even improper. Yet many Americans smile freely at strangers in public places(although this is less common in big cities).Some Russians believe that Americans smile in the wrong places;some Americans believe that Russians don’t smile enough.In Southeast Asian cultures,a smile is frequently used to cover painful feelings.Vietnamese people may tell a sad story but end the story with a smile.‎ Our faces show emotions(情感),but we should not attempt to“read”people from another culture as we would“read”someone from our own culture.The fact that members of one culture do not express their emotions as openly as do members of another does not mean that they do not experience emotions.Rather,there are cultural differences in the amount of facial expressiveness permitted.For example,in public and in formal situations many Japanese do not show their emotions as freely as Americans do.When with friends,Japanese and Americans seem to show their emotions similarly.‎ It is difficult to generalize about Americans and facial expressiveness because of personal and cultural differences in the United States.People from certain cultural backgrounds in the United States seem to be more facially expressive than others.The key is to try not to judge people whose ways of showing emotion are different.If we judge according to our own cultural habits,we may make the mistake of “reading”the other person incorrectly.‎ ‎1.What does the smile usually mean in the U.S.?‎ A.Love.　　　B.Politeness.‎ C.Joy.　　　D.Thankfulness.‎ ‎2.The author mentions the smile of the Vietnamese to prove that a smile can　　　. ‎ A.show friendliness to strangers B.be used to hide true feelings C.be used in the wrong places D.show personal habits ‎3.What should we do before attempting to“read”people?‎ A.Learn about their relations with others.‎ B.Understand their cultural backgrounds.‎ C.Find out about their past experience.‎ D.Figure out what they will do next.‎ ‎4.What would be the best title for the text?‎ A.Cultural Differences　　　B.Smiles and Relationships C.Facial Expressiveness　　　D.Habits and Emotions 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.B ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 30(2012山东,A)‎ The Pacific island nation of Nauru used to be a beautiful place.Now it is an ecological disaster area.Nauru’s heartbreaking story could have one good consequence—other countries might learn from its mistakes.‎ For thousands of years,Polynesian people lived on the remote island of Nauru,far from western civilization.The first European to arrive was John Fearn in 1798.He was the British captain of the Hunter,a whaling ship.He called the island Pleasant Island.‎ However,because it was very remote,Nauru had little communication with Europeans at first.Then whaling ships and other traders began to visit,bringing guns and alcohol.These elements destroyed the social balance of the twelve family groups on the island.A ten-year civil war started,which reduced the population from 1,400 to 900.‎ Nauru’s real troubles began in 1899 when a British mining company discovered phosphate(磷酸盐)on the island.In fact,it found that the island of Nauru was nearly all phosphate,which is a very important fertilizer for farming.The company began mining the phosphate.‎ A phosphate mine is not a hole in the ground;it is a strip mine.When a company strip-mines,it removes the top layer of soil.Then it takes away the material it wants.Strip-mining totally destroys the land.Gradually,the lovely island of Nauru started to look like the moon.‎ In 1968,Nauru became one of the richest countries in the world.Every year the government received millions and millions of dollars for its phosphate.‎ Unfortunately,the leaders invested the money unwisely and lost millions of dollars.In addition,they used millions more dollars for personal expenses.Soon people realized that they had a terrible problem—their phosphate was running out.Ninety percent of their island was destroyed and they had nothing.By 2000,Nauru was almost financially ruined.Experts say that it would take approximately $433,600,000 and more than 20 years to repair the island.This will probably never happen.‎ ‎1.What might be the author’s purpose in writing the text?‎ A.To seek help for Nauru’s problems.‎ B.To give a warning to other countries.‎ C.To show the importance of money.‎ D.To tell a heartbreaking story of a war.‎ ‎2.What was Nauru like before the Europeans came?‎ A.Rich and powerful.　　　B.Modern and open.‎ C.Peaceful and attractive.　　　D.Greedy and aggressive.‎ ‎3.The ecological disaster in Nauru resulted from　　　. ‎ A.soil pollution　　　B.phosphate overmining C.farming activity　　　D.whale hunting ‎4.Which of the following was a cause of Nauru’s financial problem?‎ A.Its leaders misused the money.‎ B.It spent too much repairing the island.‎ C.Its phosphate mining cost much money.‎ D.It lost millions of dollars in the civil war.‎ ‎5.What can we learn about Nauru from the last paragraph?‎ A.The ecological damage is difficult to repair.‎ B.The leaders will take the experts’ words seriously.‎ C.The island was abandoned by the Nauruans.‎ D.The phosphate mines were destroyed.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.B ‎4.A ‎5.A Passage 31(2012山东,B)‎ One of the greatest contributors to the first Oxford English Dictionary was also one of its most unusual.In 1879,Oxford University in England asked Prof.James Murray to serve as editor for what was to be the most ambitious dictionary in the history of the English language.It would include every English word possible and would give not only the definition but also the history of the word and quotations(引文)showing how it was used.‎ This was a huge task,so Murray had to find volunteers from Britain,the United States,and the British colonies to search every newspaper,magazine,and book ever written in English.Hundreds of volunteers responded,including William Chester Minor.Dr.Minor was an American surgeon who had served in the Civil War and was now living in England.He gave his address as“Broadmoor,Crowthorne,Berkshire,”50 miles from Oxford.‎ Minor joined the army of volunteers sending words and quotations to Murray.Over the next 17 years,he became one of the staff’s most valued contributors.‎ But he was also a mystery.In spite of many invitations,he would always decline to visit Oxford.So in 1897,Murray finally decided to travel to Crowthorne himself.When he arrived,he found Minor locked in a book-lined cell at the Broadmoor Asylum(精神病院)for the Criminally insane.‎ Murray and Minor became friends,sharing their love of words.Minor continued contributing to the dictionary,sending in more than 10,000 submissions in 20 years.Murray continued to visit Minor regularly,sometimes taking walks with him around the asylum grounds.‎ In 1910,Minor left Broadmoor for an asylum in his native America.Murray was at the port to wave goodbye to his remarkable friend.‎ Minor died in 1920,seven years before the first edition of the Oxford English Dictionary was completed.The 12 volumes defined 414,825 words,and thousands of them were contributions from a very scholarly and devoted asylum patient.‎ ‎1.According to the text, the first Oxford English Dictionary　　　. ‎ A.came out before Minor died B.was edited by an American volunteer C.included the English words invented by Murray D.was intended to be the most ambitious English dictionary ‎2.How did Dr.Minor contribute to the dictionary?‎ A.He helped Murray to find hundreds of volunteers.‎ B.He sent newspapers,magazines and books to Murray.‎ C.He provided a great number of words and quotations.‎ D.He went to England to work with Murray.‎ ‎3.Why did Dr.Minor refuse to visit Oxford?‎ A.He was shut in an asylum.　　　B.He lived far from Oxford.‎ C.He was busy writing a book.　　　D.He disliked traveling.‎ ‎4.Prof.Murray and Dr. Minor became friends mainly because　　　. ‎ A.they both served in the Civil War B.they had a common interest in words C.Minor recovered with the help of Murray D.Murray went to America regularly to visit Minor ‎5.Which of the following best describes Dr.Minor?‎ A.Brave and determined.　　　B.Cautious and friendly.‎ C.Considerate and optimistic.　　　D.Unusual and scholarly.‎ ‎6.What does the text mainly talk about?‎ A.The history of the English language.‎ B.The friendship between Murray and Minor.‎ C.Minor and the first Oxford English Dictionary.‎ D.Broadmoor Asylum and its patients.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.B ‎5.D ‎6.C Passage 32(2012四川,A)‎ On a hill 600 feet above the surrounding land,we watch the lines of rain move across the scene,the moon rise over the hills,and the stars appear in the sky.The views invite a long look from a comfortable chair in front of the wooden house.‎ Every window in our wooden house has a view,and the forest and lakes seldom look the same as the hour before.Each look reminds us where we are.‎ There is space for our three boys to play outside,to shoot arrows,collect tree seeds,build earth houses and climb trees.‎ Our kids have learned the names of the trees,and with the names have come familiarity and appreciation.As they tell all who show even a passing interest,maple(枫树)makes the best fighting sticks and white pines are the best climbing trees.‎ The air is clean and fresh.The water from the well has a pleasant taste,and it is perhaps the healthiest water our kids will ever drink.Though they have one glass a day of juice and the rest is water,they never say anything against that.‎ The seasons change just outside the door.We watch the maples turn every shade of yellow and red in the fall and note the poplars’(杨树)putting out the first green leaves of spring.The rainbow smelt fills the local stream as the ice gradually disappears,and the wood frogs start to sing in pools after being frozen for the winter.A family of birds rules our skies and flies over the lake. ‎ ‎1.What can be learned from Paragraph 2?‎ A.The scenes are colorful and changeable.‎ B.There are many windows in the wooden house.‎ C.The views remind us that we are in a wooden house.‎ D.The lakes outside the windows are quite different in color.‎ ‎2.By mentioning the names of the trees, the author aims to show that　　　. ‎ A.the kids like playing in trees B.the kids are very familiar with trees C.the kids have learned much knowledge D.the kids find trees useful learning tools ‎3.What does the underlined sentence in the last paragraph mean?‎ A.The change of seasons is easily felt.‎ B.The seasons make the scenes change.‎ C.The weather often changes in the forest.‎ D.The door is a good position to enjoy changing seasons.‎ ‎4.What is the main purpose of the author writing the text?‎ A.To describe the beauty of the scene around the house.‎ B.To introduce her children’s happy life in the forest.‎ C.To show that living in the forest is healthful.‎ D.To share the joy of living in the nature.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.D Passage 33(2012四川,B)‎ Here is your best chance to travel around the UK in 2012:More than 200 B&Bs(bed & breakfast)across England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland are selected to offer you amazing services for your stay at their lowest prices! Don’t miss it.Just collect the vouchers(活动券)in our B&B Daily printed from 01/04/2012 to 07/04/2012 and book the stays for your travel following the terms and conditions below:‎ ‎●The offer includes a room for the night and a breakfast the next morning.‎ ‎●The offer is of two kinds:￡20 per room, per night, valid(有效的)during stay period of 02/04/2012—31/05/2012 and then again 01/09/2012—31/10/2012;￡35 per room, per night,valid during stay period of 01/06/2012—31/08/2012.‎ ‎●The offer is valid for a basic twin or double room only.‎ ‎●The stay must be booked directly with the chosen B&Bs before 28/04/2012.‎ ‎●Each voucher can only be used by the holder to book one room for one night.‎ ‎●If voucher holders book either the ￡20 or ￡35 per room per night,any additional services such as lunch, evening meal or activities may require an extra charge. But these are not required in order to take up the offer. Please check directly with your chosen B&Bs to see what extra services are available.‎ ‎●Vouchers must be presented on arrival. If no vouchers are presented, the B&Bs may reserve(保留)the right to charge at full price for every night of stay.‎ ‎●Vouchers may not be used together with any other offer.‎ ‎●The voucher holders must pay for the stay in full at the time of booking. Additional ￡10 may be paid to confirm(确认)the booking and will be returned on arrival.‎ ‎●The B&Bs reserve the right to refuse voucher holders’ bookings for people under the age of 18.‎ ‎1.The voucher can be used for a stay at the chosen B&B on　　　. ‎ A.09/01/2012　　　B.04/02/2012‎ C.01/03/2012　　　D.28/04/2012‎ ‎2.How much should be paid for a two-night stay in October 2012 at a chosen B&B?‎ A.￡70.　　　　　B.￡40.　　　　　C.￡35.　　　　　D.￡30.‎ ‎3.What right do the B&Bs reserve?‎ A.To charge extra ￡10 for bookings with no vouchers.‎ B.To refuse bookings for guests under the age of 18.‎ C.To charge at full price for stays not confirmed.‎ D.To request extra charges as tips.‎ ‎4.By taking up the offer, the voucher holders can choose to　　　. ‎ A.book either a basic twin or double room at the chosen B&Bs B.have lunch or evening meal without paying extra money C.use the B&B offer together with other offers D.book the stays through B&B Daily 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.B ‎4.A Passage 34(2012四川,C)‎ I left university with a good degree in English Literature,but no sense of what I wanted to do.Over the next six years, I was treading water,just trying to earn an income.I tried journalism,but I didn’t think I was any good,then finance,which I hated.Finally,I got a job as a rights assistant at a famous publisher.I loved working with books,although the job that I did was dull. ‎ I had enough savings to take a year off work,and I decided to try to satisfy a deep-down wish to write a novel.Attending a Novel Writing MA course gave me the structure I needed to write my first 55,000 words.‎ It takes confidence to make a new start—there’s a dark period in-between where you’re neither one thing nor the other.You’re out for dinner and people ask what you do,and you’re too ashamed to say,“Well,I’m writing a novel,but I’m not quite sure if I’m going to get there.”My confidence dived.Believing my novel could not be published,I put it aside.Then I met an agent(代理商)who said I should send my novel out to agents.So,I did and,to my surprise,got some wonderful feedback.I felt a little hope that I might actually become a published writer and,after signing with an agent,I finished the second half of the novel.‎ The next problem was finding a publisher.After two-and-a-half years of no income,just waiting and wondering,a publisher offered me a book deal—that publisher turned out to be the one I once worked for.‎ It feels like an unbelievable stroke of luck—of fate,really.When you set out to do something different,there’s no end in sight,so to find myself in a position where I now have my own name on a contract(合同)of the publisher—to be a published writer—is unbelievably rewarding(有回报的).‎ ‎1.What does the underlined part in Paragraph 1 mean?‎ A.I was waiting for good fortune.‎ B.I was trying to find an admirable job.‎ C.I was being aimless about a suitable job.‎ D.I was doing several jobs for more pay at a time.‎ ‎2.The author decided to write a novel　　　. ‎ A.to finish the writing course　　　B.to realize her own dream C.to satisfy readers’ wish　　　D.to earn more money ‎3.How did the writer feel halfway with the novel?‎ A.Disturbed.　　　　　B.Ashamed.　　　　　C.Confident.　　　　　D.Uncertain.‎ ‎4.What does the author mainly want to tell readers in the last paragraph?‎ A.It pays to stick to one’s goal.‎ B.Hard work can lead to success.‎ C.She feels like being unexpectedly lucky.‎ D.There is no end in sight when starting to do something.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.A Passage 35(2012四川,D)‎ In a recent announcement,Harvard and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology(MIT)said that they have joined forces to offer free online courses in an effort to attract millions of online learners worldwide.‎ Beginning this fall,a number of courses developed by teachers at both universities will be offered online through a new $60 million program,known as edX.“Anyone with an Internet connection anywhere in the world can use our online courses,”Harvard President Drew Faust said during a meeting to announce the plan.‎ MIT has offered a program called OpenCourseWare for ten years that makes materials from more than 2,000 classes free online.It has been used by more than 100 million people.In December,the school announced it also would begin offering a special certificate,known as MITx,for people who complete certain online courses.Harvard has long offered courses to a wider population through a similar program.‎ The MITx will serve as the foundation for the new learning platform.‎ MIT President Susan Hockfield said more than 120,000 people signed up for the first MITx course.She said Harvard and MIT hope other universities will join them in offering courses on the open-source edX platform.‎ ‎“Fasten your seatbelts,”Hockfield said. ‎ Other universities,including Stanford,Yale and Carnegie-Mellon,have been experimenting with teaching to a global population online.‎ The Harvard-MIT program will be monitored by a not-for-profit(非盈利的)organization based in Cambridge,to be owned equally by the two universities.Both MIT and Harvard have provided $30 million to start the program.They also plan to use the edX platform to research how students learn and which teaching methods and tools are most successful.‎ ‎1.According to this text, edX is　　　. ‎ A.a part of the free MIT OpenCourseWare B.a free computer program by MIT and Harvard C.a Harvard-MIT platform of free online courses D.a free program online for universities worldwide ‎2.What is said about online education in the text?‎ A.Universities have been trying online courses.‎ B.About 2,000 online courses have been offered.‎ C.Over 100 million people have finished courses online.‎ D.Stanford and Yale together have courses similar to edX.‎ ‎3.The underlined part in the text probably means“　　　”. ‎ A.Get ready for the difficulties B.Get ready for this educational change C.Get prepared to complete the online courses D.Get prepared to make materials for the edX courses ‎4.What can be said about MITx according to the text?‎ A.It is first offered as part of the edX learning program.‎ B.It is another free MIT-Harvard online learning program.‎ C.It is a standard to recognize online learners’ achievement.‎ D.It is a new kind of free online course of Harvard and MIT.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.A ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 36(2012四川,E)‎ Plants are flowering faster than scientists predicted(预测)in reaction to climate change,which could have long damaging effects on food chains and ecosystems.‎ Global warming is having a great effect on hundreds of plant and animal species around the world,changing some living patterns,scientists say.‎ Increased carbon dioxide(CO2)in the air from burning coal and oil can have an effect on how plants produce oxygen,while higher temperatures and changeable rainfall patterns can change their patterns of growth.‎ ‎“Predicting species’ reaction to climate change is a major challenge in ecology,”said the researchers of several U.S. universities.They said plants had been the key object of study because their reaction to climate change could have an effect on food chains and ecosystem services.‎ The study,published on the Nature website,uses the findings from plant life cycle studies and experiments across four continents and 1,634 species.It found that some experiments had underestimated(低估)the speed of flowering by 8.5 times and leafing by 4 times.‎ ‎“Across all species,the experiments under-predicted the speed of the advance—for both leafing and flowering—that results from temperature increases,”the study said.‎ The design of future experiments may need to be improved to better predict how plants will react to climate change,it said.‎ Plants are necessary for life on the Earth.They are the base of the food chain,using photosynthesis(光合作用)to produce sugar from carbon dioxide and water.They let out oxygen which is needed by nearly every organism on the planet.‎ Scientists believe the world’s average temperature has risen by about 0.8℃ since 1900,and nearly 0.2℃ every ten years since 1979.‎ So far,efforts to cut emissions(排放)of planet-warming greenhouse gases are not seen as enough to prevent the Earth heating up beyond 2℃ this century—a point scientists say will bring the danger of a changeable climate in which weather extremes are common,leading to drought,floods,crop failures and rising sea levels.‎ ‎1.What is the key information the author wants to give in Paragraph 1?‎ A.Plants’ reaction to weather could have damaging effects on ecosystems.‎ B.The increasing speed of flowering is beyond scientists’ expectation.‎ C.Climate change leads to the change of food production patterns.‎ D.Food chains have been seriously damaged because of weather.‎ ‎2.We can learn from the study published on the Nature website that　　　. ‎ A.plants’ flowering is 8.5 times faster than leafing B.there are 1,634 plant species on the four continents C.scientists should improve the design of the experiments D.the experiments failed to predict how plants react to climate change ‎3.Scientists pay special attention to the study of plants because　　　. ‎ A.they can prove the climate change clearly B.they are very important in the food chains C.they play a leading role in reducing global warming D.they are growing and flowering much faster than before ‎4.What can be inferred from the last two paragraphs about the world’s temperature?‎ A.It has risen nearly 0.2℃ since 1979.‎ B.Its change will lead to weather extremes.‎ C.It is 0.8℃ higher in 1979 than that of 1900.‎ D.It needs to be controlled within 2℃ in this century.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.B ‎4.D Passage 37(2012天津,A)‎ Bicycle Safety Operation　Always ride your bike in a safe, controlled manner on campus(校园). Obey rules and regulations. Watch out for walkers and other bicyclists, and always use your lights in dark conditions.‎ Theft Prevention　Always securely lock your bicycle to a bicycle rack—even if you are only away for a minute. Register your bike with the University Department of Public Safety. It’s fast, easy,and free. Registration permanently records your serial number, which is useful in the possible recovery of the bike stolen.‎ Equipment ‎　Brakes　Make sure that they are in good working order and adjusted properly.‎ ‎　Helmet　A necessity,make sure your helmet meets current safety standards and fits properly.‎ ‎　Lights　Always have a front headlight—visible at least 500 feet in front of the bike. A taillight is a good idea.‎ Rules of the Road Riding on Campus　As a bicycle rider, you have a responsibility to ride only on streets and posted bicycle paths. Riding on sidewalks or other walkways can lead to a fine.The speed limit for bicycles on campus is 15 mph, unless otherwise posted. Always give the right of way to walkers.If you are involved in an accident, you are required to offer appropriate aid, call the Department of Public Safety and remain at the scene until the officer lets you go.‎ Bicycle Parking　Only park in areas reserved for bikes. Trees, handrails, hallways, and sign posts are not for bicycle parking, and parking in such spots can result in a fine.‎ If Things Go Wrong If you break the rules, you will be fined. Besides violating rules while riding bicycles on campus,you could be fined for:‎ No bicycle registration$25‎ Bicycle parking banned$30‎ Blocking path with bicycle$40‎ Violation of bicycle equipment requirement$35‎ ‎1.Registration of your bicycle may help you　　　. ‎ A.find your stolen bicycle　　　B.get your serial number C.receive free repair services　　　D.settle conflicts with walkers ‎2.According to the passage, what bike equipment is a free choice for bicycle riders?‎ A.Brakes.　　　　　B.A helmet.　　　　　C.A headlight.　　　　　D.A taillight.‎ ‎3.When you ride a bicycle on the campus,　　　. ‎ A.ride on posted bicycle paths and sidewalks B.cycle at a speed of over 15 mph C.put the walkers’ right of way first D.call the police before leaving in case of accident ‎4.If you lock your bicycle to a tree on the campus, you could be fined　　　. ‎ A.$25　　　　　B.$30　　　　　C.$35　　　　　D.$40‎ ‎5.What is the passage mainly about?‎ A.A guide for safe bicycling on campus.‎ B.Directions for bicycle tour on campus.‎ C.Regulations of bicycle race on campus.‎ D.Rules for riding motor vehicles on campus.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.C ‎4.B ‎5.A Passage 38(2012天津,B)‎ Barditch High School decided to have an All-School Reunion.Over 450 people came to the event.There were tours of the old school building and a picnic at Confederate Park.Several former teachers were on hand to tell stories about the old days.Ms.Mabel Yates,the English teacher for over fifty years,was wheeled to the Park.‎ Some eyes rolled and there were a few low groans(嘟囔声)when Ms.Yates was about to speak.Many started looking at their watches and coming up with excuses to be anywhere instead of preparing to listen to a lecture from an old woman who had few kind words for her students and made them work harder than all the other teachers combined.‎ Then Ms.Yates started to speak:‎ ‎“I can’t tell you how pleased I am to be here.I haven’t seen many of you since your graduation,but I have followed your careers and enjoyed your victories as well as crying for your tragedies.I have a large collection of newspaper photographs of my students.Although I haven’t appeared in person,I have attended your college graduations,weddings and even the births of your children,in my imagination.”‎ Ms.Yates paused and started crying a bit.Then she continued:‎ ‎“It was my belief that if I pushed you as hard as I could,some of you would succeed to please me and others would succeed to annoy me.Regardless of our motives,I can see that you have all been successful in your chosen path.”‎ ‎“There is no greater comfort for an educator than to see the end result of his or her years of work.You have all been a great source of pleasure and pride for me and I want you to know I love you all from the bottom of my heart.”‎ There was a silence over the crowd for a few seconds and then someone started clapping.The clapping turned into cheering,then into a deafening roar(呼喊).Lawyers,truck drivers,bankers and models were rubbing their eyes or crying openly with no shame all because of the words from a long forgotten English teacher from their hometown.‎ ‎1.What activity was organized for the school reunion?‎ A.Sightseeing in the park.‎ B.A picnic on the school playground.‎ C.Telling stories about past events.‎ D.Graduates’ reports in the old building.‎ ‎2.What can be inferred from Paragraph 2?‎ A.Some graduates were too busy to listen to Ms.Yates’ speech.‎ B.Many graduates disliked Ms.Yates’ ways of teaching.‎ C.Some people got tired from the reunion activities.‎ D.Most people had little interest in the reunion.‎ ‎3.We can learn from Ms. Yates’ speech that she　　　. ‎ A.kept track of her students’ progress B.gave her students advice on their careers C.attended her students’ college graduations D.went to her students’ wedding ceremonies ‎4.What was Ms. Yates’ belief in teaching teenagers?‎ A.Teachers’ knowledge is the key to students’ achievements.‎ B.Pressure on students from teachers should be reduced.‎ C.Hard-pushed students are more likely to succeed.‎ D.Students’ respect is the best reward for teachers.‎ ‎5.Which of the following can best describe Ms. Yates?‎ A.Reliable and devoted.　　　B.Tough and generous.‎ C.Proud but patient.　　　D.Strict but caring.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.B ‎3.A ‎4.C ‎5.D Passage 39(2012天津,C)‎ The practice of students endlessly copying letters and sentences from a blackboard is a thing of the past.With the coming of new technologies like computers and smartphones,writing by hand has become something of a nostalgic(怀旧的)skill.However,while today’s educators are using more and more technology in their ‎ teaching,many believe basic handwriting skills are still necessary for students to be successful—both in school and in life.‎ Virginia Berninger,professor of educational psychology at the University of Washington,says it’s important to continue teaching handwriting and help children acquire the skill of writing by hand.‎ Berninger and her colleagues conducted a study that looked at the ability of students to complete various writing tasks—both on a computer and by hand.The study,published in 2009,found that when writing with a pen and paper,participants wrote longer essays and more complete sentences and had a faster word production rate.‎ In a more recent study,Berninger looked at what role spelling plays in a student’s writing skills and found that how well children spell is tied to how well they can write.“Spelling makes some of the thinking parts of the brain active,which helps us access our vocabulary,word meaning and concepts.It is allowing our written language to connect with ideas,”Berninger said.‎ Spelling helps students translate ideas into words in their mind first and then to transcribe(转换)“those words in the mind into written symbols on paper or keyboard and screen,”the study said.Seeing the words in the “mind’s eye” helps children not only to turn their ideas into words,says Berninger,but also to spot(发现)spelling mistakes when they write the words down and to correct them over time. ‎ ‎“In our computer age,some people believe that we don’t have to teach spelling because we have spell checks,”she said.“But until a child has a functional spelling ability of about a fifth grade level,they won’t have the knowledge to choose the correct spelling among the options given by the computer.”‎ ‎1.What makes writing by hand a thing of the past?‎ A.The absence of blackboards in classrooms.‎ B.The use of new technologies in teaching.‎ C.The lack of practice in handwriting.‎ D.The popular use of smartphones.‎ ‎2.Berninger’s study published in 2009　　　. ‎ A.focused on the difference between writing by hand and on a computer B.indicated that students prefer to write with a pen and paper C.found that good essays are made up of long sentences D.discussed the importance of writing speed ‎3.Which of the following best shows the role of spelling?‎ A.Spelling improves one’s memory of words.‎ B.Spelling ability is closely related to writing ability.‎ C.Spelling benefits the translation from words into ideas.‎ D.Spelling slows down finding exact words to express ideas.‎ ‎4.What does “mind’s eye” in Paragraph 5 mean?‎ A.Window.　　　　　B.Soul.　　　　　C.Picture.　　　　　D.Imagination.‎ ‎5.What conclusion could be drawn from the passage?‎ A.Computers can help people with their choice of words.‎ B.Spell checks can take the place of spelling teaching.‎ C.Handwriting still has a place in today’s classrooms.‎ D.Functional spelling ability develops fast in the fifth grade.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.A ‎3.B ‎4.D ‎5.C Passage 40(2013安徽,B)‎ Using too much water or throwing rubbish into our rivers are clear ways that humans can put our water supply in danger,but we also affect our water supply in less obvious ways.You may wonder how paving(铺砌)a road can lead to less useable fresh water.A major part of the water we use every day is groundwater.Groundwater does not come from lakes or rivers.It comes from underground.The more roads and parking lots we pave,the less water can flow into the ground to become groundwater.‎ Human activity is not responsible for all water shortages(短缺).Drier climates are of course more likely to have droughts(干旱)than areas with more rainfall,but in any case,good management can help to make sure there is enough water to meet our basic needs.‎ Thinking about the way we use water every day can make a big difference,too.In the United States,a family of four can use 1.5 tons of water a day!This shows how much we depend on water to live,but there’s a lot we can do to lower the number.‎ You can take steps to save water in your home.To start with,use the same glass for your drinking water all day.Wash it only once a day.Run your dishwasher(洗碗机)only when it is full.Help your parents fix any leaks in your home.You can even help to keep our water supply clean by recycling batteries instead of throwing them away.‎ ‎1.Which of the following is most likely to lead to less groundwater?‎ A.Using river water.　　　B.Throwing batteries away.‎ C.Paving parking lots.　　　D.Throwing rubbish into lakes.‎ ‎2.What can be inferred from the text?‎ A.All water shortages are due to human behavior.‎ B.It takes a lot of effort to meet our water needs.‎ C.There is much we can do to reduce family size.‎ D.The average family in America makes proper use of water.‎ ‎3.The last paragraph is intended to　　　. ‎ A.show us how to fix leaks at home B.tell us how to run a dishwasher C.prove what drinking glass is best for us D.suggest what we do to save water at home ‎4.The text is mainly about　　　. ‎ A.why paving roads reduces our water B.how much we depend on water to live C.why droughts occur more in dry climates D.how human activity affects our water supply 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.D Passage 41(2013安徽,D)‎ ‎“People are ruder today because they are rushed and more‘time poor’than ever before,”says Patsy Rowe,“Manners have fallen off the radar(雷达).”Due to our strong attraction to electronic equipment it is a wonder more people don’t wake up each morning and greet the singing birds with a complaint(抱怨)about the noise.Here are some examples of rudeness. ‎ Some people prefer to do almost everything over the Internet.To them,dealing with an actual human is like an evolutionary step backward.It feels very slow because humans don’t work at 4G speeds.When you have dinner with friends,you will often notice someone paying more attention to his mobile phone.We have programmed ourselves to think that every new message brings life-changing news,so taking calls and checking our texts are more important than talking to the people we are with.What is worse,some people even tend to send anonymous(匿名)rude messages by email.‎ However,rudeness is never acceptable.Don’t assume it is OK to be rude if the person you’re in touch with won’t recognize you.If you have something awful to say,have the courage to face the person and say it,write a letter or email and sign it,or forget it.Upsetting people with unsigned messages is cruel and disgusting.‎ We shouldn’t blame technology for our shortcomings.Technology is here to help us,but we should not allow it to take over our lives.An important step is acknowledging our shortcomings.People spend a lot of time pointing out bad manners but it would be even more helpful if we’d publicly acknowledge good manners when we see them.‎ ‎1.What can be inferred from the underlined sentence in Paragraph 1?‎ A.People can tell good from bad behavior.‎ B.Radar is able to observe human behavior.‎ C.People care little about their behavior.‎ D.Radar can be used to predict human behavior.‎ ‎2.Some people are less willing to deal with humans because　　　. ‎ A.they are becoming less patient B.they are growing too independent C.they have to handle many important messages D.they have to follow an evolutionary step backward ‎3.The author thinks sending unsigned awful messages is　　　. ‎ A.ridiculous　　　　　B.disgusting　　　　　C.acceptable　　　　　D.reasonable ‎4.What can we learn from the last paragraph?‎ A.We should applaud good behavior.‎ B.Technology can never be blamed.‎ C.We should keep pointing out mistakes.‎ D.Technology will take over our lives one day.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.A ‎3.B ‎4.A Passage 42(2013安徽,E)‎ Argentina in the late nineteenth century was an exciting place.Around 1870,it was experiencing an economic(经济的)boom,and the capital,Buenos Aires,attracted many people.Farmers,as well as a flood of foreigners from Spain and Italy,came to Buenos Aires seeking jobs.These jobs didn’t pay well,and the people felt lonely and disappointed with their new life in the city.As the unhappy newcomers mixed together in the poor parts of the city,the dance known as the tango(探戈舞)came into being.‎ At the beginning the tango was a dance of the lower classes.It was danced in the bars and streets.At that time there were many fewer women than men,so if a man didn’t want to be left out,his only choice was to dance with another man so that he could attract the attention of the few available women.Gradually,the dance spread into the upper classes of Argentinean society and became more respectable.‎ In Europe at this time,strong interest in dance from around the world was beginning.This interest in international dance was especially evident in Paris.Every kind of dance from ballet(芭蕾舞)to belly dancing could be found on the stages of the Paris theaters.After tango dancers from Argentina arrived in Europe,they began to draw the interest of the public as they performed their exciting dance in cafes.Though not everyone approved of the new dance,saying it was a little too shocking,the dance did find enough supporters to make it popular.‎ The popularity(流行)of the tango continued to grow in many other parts of the world.Soldiers who returned to the United States from World War Ⅰ brought the tango to North America.It reached Japan in 1926,and in 2003 the Argentinean embassy in Seoul hired a local tango dancer to act as a kind of dance ambassador,and promote tango dancing throughout South Korea.‎ ‎1.The origin of the tango is associated with　　　. ‎ A.belly dancers　　　B.American soldiers C.a Spanish city　　　D.the capital of Argentina ‎2.Which of the following is true about the tango?‎ A.It was created by foreigners from Spain and Italy.‎ B.People of the upper classes loved the tango most.‎ C.It was often danced by two males in the beginning.‎ D.A dancer in Seoul became the Argentinean ambassador.‎ ‎3.Before World War Ⅰ,the tango spread to　　　. ‎ A.America　　　　　B.Japan　　　　　C.France　　　　　D.South Korea ‎4.What can be the best title for the text?‎ A.How to Dance the Tango　　　B.The History of the Tango C.How to Promote the Tango　　　D.The Modern Tango Boom 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.C ‎3.C ‎4.B Passage 43(2013北京,A)‎ EP Portable Heater We all know that the cost of heating our homes will continue to be a significant burden on the family budget.Now millions of people are saving on their heating bills with the EP portable heater.With over one million satisfied customers around the world,the new EP heats better and faster,saves more on heating bills,and runs almost silent.‎ The EP has no exposed heating parts that can cause a fire.The outside of the EP only gets warm to the touch so that it will not burn children or pets.‎ The EP will not reduce oxygen in the room.With other heaters,you’ll notice that you get sleepy when the heat comes on because they are burning up oxygen.‎ The advanced EP also heats the room evenly,wall to wall and floor to ceiling.It comfortably covers an area up to 350 square feet.Other heaters heat rooms unevenly with most of the heat concentrated to the center of the room.And they only heat an area a few feet around the heater.With the EP,the temperature will not vary in any part of the room.‎ The EP comes with a 3-year warranty(保修)and a 60-day,no questions asked,satisfaction guarantee.If you are not totally satisfied,return it at our expense and your money will be given back to you.‎ Now we have a special offer for 10 days,during which you can enjoy a half price discount and a free delivery.If you order after that,we reserve the right to either accept or reject order requests at the discounted price.‎ Take action right now!‎ ‎1.What is mainly discussed in Paragraph 2?‎ A.The heat of the EP.　　　B.The safety of the EP.‎ C.The appearance of the EP.　　　D.The material of the EP.‎ ‎2.From the passage, we can learn that the EP　　　. ‎ A.doesn’t burn up oxygen B.runs without any noise C.makes people get sleepy D.is unsuitable for children and pets ‎3.The underlined word “evenly”in Paragraph 4 probably means　　　. ‎ A.continuously　　　　　B.separately　　　　　C.quickly　　　　　D.equally ‎4.The main purpose of the passage is to　　　. ‎ A.persuade people to buy the product B.advise people to save on heating bills C.report the new development of portable heaters D.compare the functions of different heater brands 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.A ‎3.D ‎4.A Passage 44(2013北京,D)‎ Multitasking People who multitask all the time may be the worst at doing two things at once,a new research suggests.The findings,based on performances and self-evaluations by about 275 college students,indicate that many people multitask not out of a desire to increase productivity,but because they are easily distracted(分心)and can’t focus on one activity.And“those people turn out to be the worst at handling different things,”said David Sanbonmatsu,a psychologist at the University of Utah.‎ Sanbonmatsu and his colleagues gave the students a set of tests and asked them to report how often they multitasked,how good they thought they were at it,and how sensation-seeking(寻求刺激)or impulsive(冲动)they were.They then evaluated the participants’ multitasking ability with a tricky mental task that required the students to do simple mathematical calculations while remembering a set of letters.‎ Not surprisingly,the scientists said,most people thought they were better than average at multitasking,and those who thought they were better at it were more likely to report ‎ using a cellphone while driving or viewing multiple kinds of media at once.But those who frequently deal with many things at the same time were found to perform the worst at the actual multitasking test.They also were more likely to admit to sensation-seeking and impulsive behavior,which connects with how easily people get bored and distracted.‎ ‎“People multitask not because it’s going to lead to greater productivity,but because they’re distractible,and they get sucked into things that are not as important,”Sanbonmatsu said.‎ Adam Gazzaley,a researcher at the University of California,San Francisco,who was not a member of the research group,said one limitation of the study was that it couldn’t find out whether people who start out less focused tend toward multitasking or whether people’s recognizing and understanding abilities change as a result of multitasking.‎ The findings do suggest,however,why the sensation-seekers who multitask the most may enjoy risky distracted driving.“People who are multitasking are generally less sensitive to risky situations,”said Paul Atchley,another researcher not in the group.“This may partly explain why people go in for these situations even though they’re dangerous.”‎ ‎1.The research led by Sanbonmatsu indicates that people who multitask　　　. ‎ A.seek high productivity constantly B.prefer handling different things when getting bored C.are more focused when doing many things at a time D.have the poorest results in doing various things at the same time ‎2.When Sanbonmatsu and his colleagues conducted their research, they　　　. ‎ A.assessed the multitasking ability of the students B.evaluated the academic achievements of the students C.analyzed the effects of the participants’ tricky mental tasks D.measured the changes of the students’ understanding ability ‎3.According to Sanbonmatsu, people multitask because of their　　　. ‎ A.limited power in calculation B.interests in doing things differently C.inability to concentrate on one task D.impulsive desire to try new things ‎4.From the last paragraph, we can learn that multitaskers usually　　　. ‎ A.drive very skillfully B.go in for difficult tasks C.fail to react quickly to potential dangers D.refuse to explain the reasons for their behavior 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.C ‎4.C Passage 45(2013福建,A)‎ When I was 12,all I wanted was a signet(图章)ring.They were the “in” thing and it seemed every girl except me had one.On my 13th birthday,my Mum gave me a signet ring with my initials(姓名首字母)carved into it.I was in heaven.‎ What made it even more special was that it was about the only thing that wasn’t being “replaced”.We’d been burnt out in fires that swept through our area earlier that year and had lost everything—so most of the“new”stuff(东西)we got was really just to replace what we’d lost.But not my ring.My ring was new.‎ Then,only one month later,I lost it.I took it off before bed and it was missing in the morning.I was sad and searched everywhere for it.But it seemed to have disappeared.Eventually,I gave up and stopped looking for it.And two years later,we sold the house and moved away.‎ Years passed,and a couple of moves later,I was visiting my parents’ when Mum told me that she had something for me.It wasn’t my birthday,nor was it Easter or Christmas or any other gift-giving occasion.Mum noticed my questioning look.“You’ll recognize this one,”she said,smiling.‎ Then she handed me a small ring box.I took it from her and opened it to find my beautiful signet right inside.‎ The family who had bought our house 13 years earlier had recently decided to do some redecorations,which included replacing the carpets.When they pulled the carpet up in my old bedroom,they found the ring.As it had my initials carved into it,they realized who owned the ring.They’d had it professionally cleaned up by a jeweler before sending it to my mother.‎ And it still fits me.‎ ‎1.The underlined word “in” in the first paragraph probably means “　　　”. ‎ A.fashionable　　　　　B.available　　　　　C.practical　　　　　D.renewable ‎2.When she got the ring back, the writer was about　　　. ‎ A.13 years old　　　B.15 years old C.26 years old　　　D.28 years old ‎3.Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?‎ A.The writer’s family moved several times.‎ B.The writer never stopped looking for her ring.‎ C.The writer’s ring was cleaned up by the new house owner.‎ D.The writer lost her ring in the morning when she took it off.‎ ‎4.What would be the best title for the passage?‎ A.My New Ring　　　B.Lost and Found C.Lost and Replaced　　　D.An Expensive Ring 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.A ‎4.B Passage 46(2013福建,B)‎ Your glasses may someday replace your smartphone,and some New Yorkers are ready for the switch.Some in the city can’t wait to try them on and use the maps and GPS that the futuristic eyewear is likely to include.‎ ‎“I’d use it if I were hanging out with friends at 3 a.m.and going to the bar and wanted to see what was open,”said Walter Choo,40,of Fort Greene.‎ The smartphone-like glasses will likely come out this year and cost between $250 and $600,the Times said,possibly including a variation of augmented(增强的)reality,a technology already available on smartphones and tablets(平板电脑)that overlays information onto the screen about one’s surroundings.So,for example,if you were walking down a street,indicators would pop up showing you the nearest coffee shop or directions could be plotted out and come into view right on the sidewalk in front of you. ‎ ‎“As far as a mainstream consumer product,this just isn’t something anybody needs,”said Sam Biddle,who writes for Gizmodo.com.“We’re accustomed to having one thing in our pocket to do all these things,”he added,“and the average consumer isn’t gonna be able to afford another device(装置)that’s hundreds and hundreds of dollars.”‎ ‎9to5Google publisher Seth Weintraub,who has been reporting on the smartphone-like glasses since late last year,said he is confident that this type of wearable device will eventually be as common as smartphones.‎ ‎“It’s just like smartphones 10 years ago,”Weintraub said.“A few people started getting emails on their phones,and people thought that was crazy.Same kind of thing.We see people bending their heads to look at their smartphones,and it’s unnatural,”he said.“There’s gonna be improvements to that,and this a step there.”‎ ‎1.One of the possible functions of the smartphone-like glasses is to　　　. ‎ A.program the opening hours of a bar B.supply you with a picture of the future C.provide information about your surroundings D.update the maps and GPS in your smartphones ‎2.The underlined phrase“pop up”in the third paragraph probably means“　　　　”. ‎ A.develop rapidly　　　B.get round quickly C.appear immediately　　　D.go over automatically ‎3.According to Sam Biddle, the smartphone-like glasses are　　　. ‎ A.necessary for teenagers B.attractive to New Yorkers C.available to people worldwide D.expensive for average consumers ‎4.We can learn from the last two paragraphs that the smartphone-like glasses　　　　. ‎ A.may have a potential market B.are as common as smartphones C.are popular among young adults D.will be improved by a new technology 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.C ‎3.D ‎4.A Passage 47(2013福建,C)‎ This is What a REAL Silver Dollar Looks Like If you trust in the yen, the euro, and the dollar...stop reading.‎ Because this is a story about the silver coin EVERYBODY wants.‎ You read the headlines.You know that troubled economic times have put global currency on a rollercoaster(过山车)ride.But millions have found a smarter way to build long-term value with high-grade collectable silver.And right now,those people are lining up to secure some of the last 2012 U.S.Mint Silver Eagles,America’s Newest Silver Eagle Dollars.Today,you can graduate to the front of that line.Buy now and you can own these brilliant uncirculated Silver Dollars for only $38.95!‎ You Can’t Afford to Lose Why are we releasing(发行)this silver dollar for such a remarkable price?Because we want to introduce you to what hundreds of thousands of smart collectors and satisfied customers have known since 1984—New York Mint is the place to find the world’s finest high-grade coins.That’s why we’re offering you this Brilliant Uncirculated 2012 U.S.Silver Eagle for as little as $37.45(plus s/h).‎ Timing is Everything Our advice?Keep this to yourself.Because the more people who know about this offer,the worse it is for you.Demand for Silver Eagles in 2011 broke records.Experts predict that 2012 Silver Eagles may break them all over again.Due to rapid changes in the price of silver,prices may be higher or lower and are subject to(受……影响)change without notice.Supplies are limited.Call immediately to add these Silver Eagles to your holdings before it’s too late.‎ Offer Limited to 40 per household ‎2012 American Silver Eagle Coin Your cost 1—4 Coins　　　$38.95 each+s/h ‎5—9 Coins　　　　　$38.45 each+s/h ‎10—19 Coins　　　　　$37.95 each+s/h ‎20—40 Coins　　　　　$37.45 each+s/h Note:$10 s/h(shipping and handling)for each purchase For fastest service, call toll-free 24 hours a day ‎1-888-201-7143‎ Offer Code(代码)ASE177-04‎ Please mention this code when you call.‎ New York Mint ‎14101 Southcross Drive W., Dept. ASE177-04‎ Burnsville, Minnesota 55337‎ www.NewYorkMint.com ‎1.What is stressed in the ad?‎ A.The coin is of high quality and worth collecting.‎ B.The coin can be circulated as a currency.‎ C.Limited supplies guarantee a stable price of the coin.‎ D.Demand for the coin is bound to break records.‎ ‎2.If you buy six 2012 U.S. Mint Silver Eagles by post, you should pay at least　　　. ‎ A.$230.7　　　　　B.$233.7　　　　　C.$240.7　　　　　D.$243.7‎ ‎3.The ad strongly encourages people to purchase the silver coins by　　　. ‎ A.shopping online B.making a phone call C.lining up in front of the stores D.writing to the company 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.C ‎3.B Passage 48(2013广东,A)‎ Imagination and fantasy can play an important role in achieving the things we fear.Children know this very well.Fred Epstein,in his book If I Make It to Five,tells a story he heard from one of his friends about Tom,a four-year-old boy with a cancer in his back bone.He came through several operations and a lot of pain by mastering his imagination.‎ Tom loved to pretend,and he particularly loved to play superheroes.Dr.Epstein explained that it was actually a brilliant way for his young mind to handle the terrifying and painful life he led.‎ The day before his third trip to the operating room,Tom was terribly afraid.“Maybe I could go as Superman,”he whispered to his mom.Hearing this,the mother hesitated for a while.She had avoided buying the expensive costume(戏装),but finally she agreed.‎ The next day Tom appeared as the powerful Superman,showing off through the hospital halls and coolly waving his hand to the people greeting him along the way.And Tom,with the strength of his fantasy,successfully made it through the operation.‎ The power of imagination need not be reserved for children only.We all have the power to use our fantasies to attempt things we never thought possible,to go through those things that seem impossible,and to achieve what we never believed we could.Just as Dr.Epstein puts it,“If you can dream it,you can do it.”‎ It doesn’t mean that you should dress as a superhero for your next job interview.But,next time you are tested in a way that seems impossible,imagine what it would take to overcome it.Become the person you need to become to win over your challenge and do it in your mind first.So,let your imagination run wild,and dare to dream.‎ ‎1.What do we know about Tom?‎ A.He was seriously ill.‎ B.He was a dishonest boy.‎ C.He was crazy about magic.‎ D.He was Dr.Epstein’s patient.‎ ‎2.What can be inferred about Tom’s mother?‎ A.She was a rich lady.‎ B.She refused Tom’s request.‎ C.She wanted Tom to be a superhero.‎ D.She wanted to get Tom through the pain.‎ ‎3.When Tom went for the third operation,he　　　. ‎ A.pretended to be painful　　　B.acted like a superhero C.appeared in poor spirits　　　D.argued with his mother ‎4.In the last paragraph, you are advised　　　. ‎ A.to go through some difficult tests B.to wake up from your wild dreams C.to become a powerful person in your mind D.to wear expensive clothes for job interviews ‎5.What is the purpose of the passage?‎ A.To tell us an interesting story.‎ B.To help us make right decisions.‎ C.To advise us to care about children.‎ D.To encourage us to use our imagination.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.C ‎5.D Passage 49(2013广东,B)‎ Some people think that success is only for those with talent or those who grow up in the right family,and others believe that success mostly comes down to luck.I’m not going to say luck,talent,and circumstances don’t come into play because they do.Some people are born into the right family while others are born with great intelligence,and that’s just the reality of how life is.‎ However,to succeed in life,one first needs to set a goal and then gradually make it more practical.And,in addition to that,in order to get really good at something,one needs to spend at least 10,000 hours studying and practising.To become great at certain things,it’ll require even more time,time that most people won’t put in.‎ This is a big reason why many successful people advise you to do something you love.If you don’t enjoy what you do,it is going to feel like unbearable pain and will likely make you quit well before you ever become good at it.‎ When you see people exhibiting some great skills or having achieved great success,you know that they have put in a huge part of their life to get there at a huge cost.It’s sometimes easy to think they got lucky or they were born with some rare talent,but thinking that way does you no good,and there’s a huge chance that you’re wrong anyway.‎ Whatever you do,if you want to become great at it,you need to work day in and day out,almost to the point of addiction,and over a long period of time.If you’re not willing to put in the time and work,don’t expect to receive any rewards.Consistent,hard work won’t guarantee you the level of success you may want,but it will guarantee that you will become really good at whatever it is you put all that work into.‎ ‎1.Paragraph 1 mainly talks about　　　. ‎ A.the reasons for success　　　B.the meaning of success C.the standards of success　　　D.the importance of success ‎2.In Paragraph 2, the underlined word that refers to　　　. ‎ A.being good at something　　　B.setting a practical goal C.putting in more time　　　D.succeeding in life ‎3.Successful people suggest doing what one loves because　　　. ‎ A.work makes one feel pain B.one tends to enjoy his work C.one gives up his work easily D.it takes a lot of time to succeed ‎4.What can we infer from Paragraph 4?‎ A.Successful people like to show their great skills.‎ B.People sometimes succeed without luck or talent.‎ C.People need to achieve success at the cost of life.‎ D.It helps to think that luck or talent leads to success.‎ ‎5.What is the main theme of the passage?‎ A.Having a goal is vital to success.‎ B.Being good is different from being great.‎ C.One cannot succeed without time and practice.‎ D.Luck,talent and family help to achieve success.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.B ‎5.C Passage 50(2013广东,C)‎ One day,when I was working as a psychologist in England,an adolescent boy showed up in my office.It was David.He kept walking up and down restlessly,his face pale,and his hands shaking slightly.His head teacher had referred him to me.“This boy has lost his family,”he wrote.“He is understandably very sad and refuses to talk to others,and I’m very worried about him.Can you help?”‎ I looked at David and showed him to a chair.How could I help him?There are problems psychology doesn’t have the answer to,and which no words can describe.Sometimes the best thing one can do is to listen openly and sympathetically.‎ The first two times we met,David didn’t say a word.He sat there,only looking up to look at the children’s drawings on the wall behind me.I suggested we play a game of chess.He nodded.After that he played chess with me every Wednesday afternoon—in complete silence and without looking at me.It’s not easy to cheat in chess,but I admit I made sure David won once or twice.‎ Usually,he arrived earlier than agreed,took the chess board and pieces from the shelf and began setting them up before I even got a chance to sit down.It seemed as if he enjoyed my company.But why did he never look at me?‎ ‎“Perhaps he simply needs someone to share his pain with,”I thought.“Perhaps he senses that I respect his suffering.”Some months later,when we were playing chess,he looked up at me suddenly.‎ ‎“It’s your turn,”he said.‎ After that day,David started talking.He got friends in school and joined a bicycle club.He wrote to me a few times,about his biking with some friends,and about his plan to get into university.Now he had really started to live his own life.‎ Maybe I gave David something.But I also learned that one—without any words—can reach out to another person.All it takes is a hug,a shoulder to cry on,a friendly touch,and an ear that listens.‎ ‎1.When he first met the author, David　　　. ‎ A.felt a little excited　　　B.walked energetically C.looked a little nervous　　　D.showed up with his teacher ‎2.As a psychologist, the author　　　. ‎ A.was ready to listen to David B.was skeptical about psychology C.was able to describe David’s problem D.was sure of handling David’s problem ‎3.David enjoyed being with the author because he　　　. ‎ A.wanted to ask the author for advice B.needed to share sorrow with the author C.liked the children’s drawings in the office D.beat the author many times in the chess game ‎4.What can be inferred about David?‎ A.He recovered after months of treatment.‎ B.He liked biking before he lost his family.‎ C.He went into university soon after starting to talk.‎ D.He got friends in school before he met the author.‎ ‎5.What made David change?‎ A.His teacher’s help.‎ B.The author’s friendship.‎ C.His exchange of letters with the author.‎ D.The author’s silent communication with him.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.A ‎3.B ‎4.A ‎5.D Passage 51(2013广东,D)‎ While Jennifer was at home taking an online exam for her business law class,a monitor(监控器)a few hundred miles away was watching her every move.‎ Using a web camera equipped in Jennifer’s Los Angeles apartment,the monitor in Phoenix tracked how frequently her eyes moved from the computer screen and listened for the secret sounds of a possible helper in the room.Her Internet access was locked—remotely—to prevent Internet searches,and her typing style was analyzed to make sure she was who she said she was:Did she enter her student number at the same speed as she had in the past?Or was she slowing down?‎ In the battle against cheating,this is the cutting edge and a key to encourage honesty in the booming field of online education.The technology gives trust to the entire system,to the institution and to online education in general.Only with solid measures against cheating,experts say,can Internet universities show that their exams and diplomas are valid—that students haven’t just searched the Internet to get the right answers. ‎ Although online classes have existed for more than a decade,the concern over cheating has become sharper in the last year with the growth of “open online courses.”Private colleges,public universities and corporations are jumping into the online education field,spending millions of dollars to attract potential students,while also taking steps to help guarantee honesty at a distance.‎ Aside from the web cameras,a number of other high-tech methods are becoming increasingly popular.Among them are programs that check students’ identities using personal information,such as the telephone numbers they once used.‎ Other programs can produce unique exams by drawing on a large list of questions and can recognize possible cheaters by analyzing whether difficult test questions are answered at the same speed as easy ones.As in many university classes,term papers are scanned against some large Internet data banks for cheating.‎ ‎1.Why was Jennifer watched in an online exam?‎ A.To correct her typing mistakes.‎ B.To find her secrets in the room.‎ C.To prevent her from slowing down.‎ D.To keep her from dishonest behaviors.‎ ‎2.The underlined expression cutting edge in Paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to　　　. ‎ A.advanced technique　　　B.sharpening tool C.effective rule　　　D.dividing line ‎3.For Internet universities, exams and diplomas will be valid if　　　. ‎ A.they can attract potential students B.they can defeat academic cheating C.they offer students online help D.they offer many online courses ‎4.Some programs can find out possible cheaters by　　　. ‎ A.checking the question answering speed B.producing a large number of questions C.scanning the Internet test questions D.giving difficult test questions ‎5.Which of the following is the best title of this passage?‎ A.The Advantages of Online Exams B.The High-tech Methods in Online Courses C.The Fight against Cheating in Online Education D.The War against the Booming of Online Education 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.B ‎4.A ‎5.C Passage 52(2013湖北,A)‎ Some years ago,writing in my diary used to be a usual activity.I would return from school and spend the expected half hour recording the day’s events,feelings,and impressions in my little blue diary.I did not really need to express my emotions by way of words,but I gained a certain satisfaction from seeing my experiences forever recorded on paper.After all,isn’t accumulating memories a way of preserving the past?‎ When I was thirteen years old,I went on a long journey on foot in a great valley,well-equipped with pens,a diary,and a camera.During the trip,I was busy recording every incident,name and place I came across.I felt proud to be spending my time productively,dutifully preserving for future generations a detailed description of my travels.On my last night there,I wandered out of my tent,diary in hand.The sky was clear and lit by the glare of the moon,and the walls of the valley looked threatening behind their screen of shadows.I automatically took out my pen...‎ At that point,I understood that nothing I wrote could ever match or replace the few seconds I allowed myself to experience the dramatic beauty of the valley.All I remembered of the previous few days were the dull characterizations I had set down in my diary.‎ Now,I only write in my diary when I need to write down a special thought or feeling.I still love to record ideas and quotations that strike me in books,or observations that are particularly meaningful.I take pictures,but not very often—only of objects I find really beautiful.I’m no longer blindly satisfied with having something to remember when I grow old.I realize that life will simply pass me by if I stay behind the camera,busy preserving the present so as to live it in the future.‎ I don’t want to wake up one day and have nothing but a pile of pictures and notes.Maybe I won’t have as many exact representations of people and places;maybe I’ll forget certain facts,but at least the experiences will always remain inside me.I don’t live to make memories—I just live,and the memories form themselves.‎ ‎1.Before the age of thirteen, the author regarded keeping a diary as a way of　　　. ‎ A.observing her school routine　　　B.expressing her satisfaction C.impressing her classmates　　　D.preserving her history ‎2.What caused a change in the author’s understanding of keeping a diary?‎ A.A dull night on the journey.‎ B.The beauty of the great valley.‎ C.A striking quotation from a book.‎ D.Her concerns for future generations.‎ ‎3.What does the author put in her diary now?‎ A.Notes and beautiful pictures.‎ B.Special thoughts and feelings.‎ C.Detailed accounts of daily activities.‎ D.Descriptions of unforgettable events.‎ ‎4.The author comes to realize that to live a meaningful life is　　　. ‎ A.to experience it B.to live the present in the future C.to make memories D.to give accurate representations of it 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.B ‎4.A Passage 53(2013湖北,B)‎ Mothers and daughters go through so much—yet when was the last time a mother and daughter sat down to write a book together about it all?Perri Klass and her mother,Sheila Solomon Klass,both gifted professional writers,prove to be ideal co-writers as they examine their decades of motherhood,daughterhood,and the wonderful ways their lives have overlapped(重叠).‎ Perri notes with amazement how closely her own life has mirrored her mother’s:both have full-time careers;both have published books,articles,and stories;each has three children;they both love to read.They also love to travel—in fact,they often take trips together.But in truth,the harder they look at their lives,the more they acknowledge their big differences in circumstance and basic nature.‎ A child of the Depression(大萧条),Sheila was raised in Brooklyn by parents who considered education a luxury for girls.Starting with her college education,she has fought for everything she’s ever accomplished.Perri,on the other hand,grew up privileged in the New Jersey suburbs of the 1960s and 1970s.For Sheila,wasting time or money is a crime,and luxury is unthinkable while Perri enjoys the occasional small luxury,but has not been successful at trying to persuade her mother into enjoying even the tiniest thing she likes.‎ Each writing in her own unmistakable voice,Perri and Sheila take turns exploring the joys and pains,the love and bitterness,the minor troubles and lasting respect that have always bonded them together.Sheila describes the adventure of giving birth to Perri in a tiny town in Trinidad where her husband was doing research fieldwork.Perri admits that she can’t sort out all the mess in the households,even though she knows it drives her mother crazy.Together they compare thoughts on bringing up children and working,admit long-hidden sorrows,and enjoy precious memories.‎ Looking deep into the lives they have lived separately and together,Perri and Sheila tell their mother-daughter story with honesty,humor,enthusiasm,and admiration for each other.A written account in two voices,Every Mother Is a Daughter is a duet(二重奏)that produces a deep,strong sound with the experiences that all mothers and daughters will recognize.‎ ‎1.Why does Perri think that her own life has mirrored her mother’s?‎ A.They both have gone through difficult times.‎ B.They have strong emotional ties with each other.‎ C.They have the same joys and pains,and love and bitterness.‎ D.They both have experiences as daughter,mother and writer.‎ ‎2.The word“luxury”in Paragraph 3 means　　　. ‎ A.something rare but not pleasant B.something that cannot be imagined C.something expensive but not necessary D.something that can only be enjoyed by boys ‎3.What is Paragraph 4 mainly about?‎ A.The content of the book.　　　B.The purpose of the book.‎ C.The influence of the book.　　　D.The writing style of the book.‎ ‎4.How are women’s lives explored in this book?‎ A.In a musical form.‎ B.Through field research.‎ C.With unique writing skills.‎ D.From different points of view.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.D Passage 54(2013湖北,C)‎ We’ve reached a strange—some would say unusual—point.While fighting world hunger continues to be the matter of vital importance according to a recent report from the World Health Organization(WHO),more people now die from being ‎ overweight,or say,from being extremely fat,than from being underweight.It’s the good life that’s more likely to kill us these days.‎ Worse,nearly 18 million children under the age of five around the world are estimated to be overweight.What’s going on?‎ We really don’t have many excuses for our weight problems.The dangers of the problem have been drilled into us by public-health campaigns since 2001 and the message is getting through—up to a point.‎ In the 1970s,Finland,for example,had the highest rate of heart disease in the world and being overweight was its main cause.Not any more.A public-health campaign has greatly reduced the number of heart disease deaths by 80 per cent over the past three decades.‎ Maybe that explains why the percentage of people in Finland taking diet pills doubled between 2001 and 2005,and doctors even offer surgery of removing fat inside and change the shape of the body.That has become a sort of fashion.No wonder it ranks as the world’s most body-conscious country.‎ We know what we should be doing to lose weight—but actually doing it is another matter.By far the most popular excuse is not taking enough exercise.More than half of us admit we lack willpower.‎ Others blame good food.They say:it’s just too inviting and it makes them overeat.Still others lay the blame on the Americans,complaining that pounds have piled on thanks to eating too much American-style fast food.‎ Some also blame their parents—their genes.But unfortunately,the parents are wronged because they’re normal in shape,or rather slim.‎ It’s a similar story around the world,although people are relatively unlikely to have tried to lose weight.Parents are eager to see their kids shape up.Do as I say—not as I do.‎ ‎1.What is the“strange”point mentioned in the first sentence?‎ A.The good life is a greater risk than the bad life.‎ B.Starvation is taking more people’s lives in the world.‎ C.WHO report shows people’s unawareness of food safety.‎ D.Overweight issue remains unresolved despite WHO’s efforts.‎ ‎2.Why does the author think that people have no excuse for being overweight?‎ A.A lot of effective diet pills are available.‎ B.Body image has nothing to do with good food.‎ C.They have been made fully aware of its dangers.‎ D.There are too many overweight people in the world.‎ ‎3.The example of Finland is used to illustrate　　　. ‎ A.the cause of heart disease B.the fashion of body shaping C.the effectiveness of a campaign D.the history of a body-conscious country ‎4.Which would be the best title for the passage?‎ A.Actions or Excuses?　　　B.Overweight or Underweight?‎ C.WHO in a Dilemma　　　D.No Longer Dying of Hunger 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.C ‎3.C ‎4.A Passage 55(2013湖北,D)‎ The technology is great.Without it we wouldn’t have been able to put a man on the moon,explore the ocean’s depths or eat microwave sausages.Computers have revolutionized our lives and they have the power to educate and pass on knowledge.But sometimes this power can create more problems than it solves.‎ Every doctor has had to try their best to calm down patients who’ve come into their surgery waving an Internet print-out,convinced that they have some rare incurable disease,say,throat cancer.The truth is usually far more ordinary,though:they don’t ‎ have throat cancer,and it’s just that their throats are swollen.Being a graduate of the Internet “school” of medicine does not guarantee accurate self-health-checks.‎ One day Mrs.Almond came to my hospital after feeling faint at work.While I took her blood sample and tried to find out what was wrong,she said calmly,“I know what’s wrong;I’ve got throat cancer.I know there’s nothing you doctors can do about it and I’ve just got to wait until the day comes.”‎ As a matter of routine I ordered a chest X-ray.I looked at it and the blood results an hour later.Something wasn’t right.“Did your local doctor do an X-ray?”I asked.“Oh,I haven’t been to the doctor for years,”she replied.“I read about it on a website and the symptoms fitted,so I knew that’s what I had.”‎ However,some of her symptoms,like the severe cough and weight loss,didn’t fit with it—but she’d just ignored this.‎ I looked at the X-ray again,and more tests confirmed it wasn’t the cancer but tuberculosis(肺结核)—something that most certainly did need treating,and could be deadly.She was lucky we caught it when we did.‎ Mrs.Almond went pale when I explained she would have to be on treatment for the next six months to ensure that she was fully recovered.It was certainly a lesson for her.“I’m so embarrassed,”she said,shaking her head,as I explained that all the people she had come into close contact with would have to be found out and tested.She listed up to about 20,and then I went to my office to type up my notes.Unexpectedly,the computer was not working,so I had to wait until someone from the IT department came to fix it.Typical.Maybe I should have a microwave sausage while I waited? ‎ ‎1.Mrs.Almond talked about her illness calmly because　　　. ‎ A.she thought she knew it well B.she had purchased medicine online C.she graduated from a medical school D.she had been treated by local doctors ‎2.It was lucky for Mrs. Almond　　　. ‎ A.to have contacted many friends B.to have recovered in a short time C.to have her assumption confirmed D.to have her disease identified in time ‎3.Mrs.Almond said “I’m so embarrassed”(Para.7)because　　　. ‎ A.she had distrusted her close friends B.she had caused unnecessary trouble C.she had to refuse the doctor’s advice D.she had to tell the truth to the doctor ‎4.By mentioning the breakdown of the computer, the author probably wants to prove　　　. ‎ A.it’s a must to take a break at work B.it’s vital to believe in IT professionals C.it’s unwise to simply rely on technology D.it’s a danger to work long hours on computers 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 56(2013湖北,E)‎ A German study suggests that people who were too optimistic about their future actually faced greater risk of disability or death within 10 years than those pessimists who expected their future to be worse.‎ The paper,published this March in Psychology and Aging,examined health and welfare surveys from roughly 40,000 Germans between ages 18 and 96.The surveys were conducted every year from 1993 to 2003.‎ Survey respondents(受访者)were asked to estimate their present and future life satisfaction on a scale of 0 to 10,among other questions.‎ The researchers found that young adults(age 18 to 39)routinely overestimated their future life satisfaction,while middle-aged adults(age 40 to 64)more accurately predicted how they would feel in the future.Adults of 65 and older,however,were far more likely to underestimate their future life satisfaction.Not only did they feel more satisfied than they thought they would,the older pessimists seemed to suffer a lower ratio(比率)of disability and death for the study period.‎ ‎“We observed that being too optimistic in predicting a better future than actually observed was associated with a greater risk of disability and a greater risk of death within the following decade,”wrote Frieder R.Lang,a professor at the University of Erlangen-Nuremberg.‎ Lang and his colleagues believed that people who were pessimistic about their future may be more careful about their actions than people who expected a rosy future.‎ ‎“Seeing a dark future may encourage positive evaluations of the actual self and may contribute to taking improved precautions(预防措施),”the authors wrote.‎ Surprisingly,compared with those in poor health or who had low incomes,respondents who enjoyed good health or income were associated with expecting a greater decline.Also,the researchers said that higher income was related to a greater risk of disability.‎ The authors of the study noted that there were limitations to their conclusions.Illness,medical treatment and personal loss could also have driven health outcomes.‎ However,the researchers said a pattern was clear.“We found that from early to late adulthood,individuals adapt their expectations of future life satisfaction from optimistic,to accurate,to pessimistic,”the authors concluded.‎ ‎1.According to the study, who made the most accurate prediction of their future life satisfaction?‎ A.Optimistic adults.　　　B.Middle-aged adults.‎ C.Adults in poor health.　　　D.Adults of lower income.‎ ‎2.Pessimism may be positive in some way because it causes people　　　. ‎ A.to fully enjoy their present life B.to estimate their contribution accurately C.to take measures against potential risks D.to value health more highly than wealth ‎3.How do people of higher income see their future?‎ A.They will earn less money.‎ B.They will become pessimistic.‎ C.They will suffer mental illness.‎ D.They will have less time to enjoy life.‎ ‎4.What is the clear conclusion of the study?‎ A.Pessimism guarantees chances of survival.‎ B.Good financial condition leads to good health.‎ C.Medical treatment determines health outcomes.‎ D.Expectations of future life satisfaction decline with age.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.D Passage 57(2013湖南,B)‎ In my living room,there is a plaque(匾)that advises me to“Bloom(开花)where you are planted.”It reminds me of Dorothy.I got to know Dorothy in the early 1980s,when I was teaching Early Childhood Development through a program with Union College in Barbourville,Kentucky.The job responsibilities required occasional visits to the ‎ classroom of each teacher in the program.Dorothy stands out in my memory as one who “bloomed” in her remote area.‎ Dorothy taught in a school in Harlan County,Kentucky,Appalachian Mountain area.To get to her school from the town of Harlan,I followed a road winding around the mountain.In the eight-mile journey,I crossed the same railroad track five times,giving the possibility of getting caught by the same train five times.Rather than feeling excited by this drive through the mountains,I found it depressing.The poverty level was shocking and the small shabby houses gave me the greatest feeling of hopelessness.‎ From the moment of my arrival at the little school,all gloom(忧郁)disappeared.Upon arriving at Dorothy’s classroom,I was greeted with smiling faces and treated like a queen.The children had been prepared to show me their latest projects.Dorothy told me with a big smile that they were serving poke greens salad and cornbread for “dinner”(lunch).In case you don’t know,poke greens are a weed-type plant that grows wild,especially on poor ground.‎ Dorothy never ran out of reports of exciting activities of her students.Her enthusiasm never cooled down.When it came time to sit for the testing and interviewing required to receive her Child Development Associate Certification,Dorothy was ready.She came to the assessment and passed in all areas.Afterward,she invited me to the one-and-only steak house in the area to celebrate her victory,as if she had received her Ph.D.degree.After the meal,she placed a little box containing an old pen in my hand.She said it was a family heirloom(传家宝),but to me it is a treasured symbol of appreciation and pride that cannot be matched with things.‎ ‎1.“Early Childhood Development”in Paragraph 1 refers to　　　. ‎ A.a program directed by Dorothy B.a course given by the author C.an activity held by the students D.an organization sponsored by Union College ‎2.In the journey, the author was most disappointed at seeing　　　. ‎ A.the long track　　　B.the poor houses C.the same train　　　D.the winding road ‎3.Upon arriving at the classroom, the author was cheered up by　　　. ‎ A.a warm welcome　　　B.the sight of poke greens C.Dorothy’s latest projects　　　D.a big dinner made for her ‎4.What can we know about Dorothy from the last paragraph?‎ A.She was invited to a celebration at a restaurant.‎ B.She got a pen as a gift from the author.‎ C.She passed the required assessment.‎ D.She received her Ph.D.degree.‎ ‎5.What does the author mainly intend to tell us?‎ A.Whatever you do,you must do it carefully.‎ B.Whoever you are,you deserve equal treatment.‎ C.However poor you are,you have the right to education.‎ D.Wherever you are,you can accomplish your achievement.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.B ‎3.A ‎4.C ‎5.D Passage 58(2013湖南,C)‎ It’s such a happy-looking library,painted yellow,decorated with palm-tree stickers and sheltered from the Florida sun by its own roof.About the size of a microwave oven,it’s pedestrian-friendly,too,waiting for book lovers next to a sidewalk in Palm Beach Country Estates,along the northern boundary of Palm Beach Gardens.‎ It’s a library built with love.‎ A year ago,shortly after Janey Henriksen saw a Brian Williams report about the Little Free Library organization,a Wisconsin-based nonprofit that aims to promote literacy and build a sense of community in a neighborhood by making books freely available,she announced to her family of four,“That’s what we’re going to do for our spring break!”‎ Son Austin,now a 10th-grader,didn’t see the point of building a library that resembles a mailbox.But Janey insisted,and husband Peter unwillingly got to work.The 51-year-old owner of a ship supply company modified a small wooden house that he’d built years earlier for daughter Abbie’s toy horses,and made a door of glass.‎ After adding the library’s final touches(装点),the family hung a signboard on the front,instructing users to“take a book,return a book,”and making the Henriksen library,now one of several hundred like it nationwide and among more than 2,500 in the world,the only Little Free Library in Palm Beach County.‎ They stocked it with 20 or so books they’d already read,a mix of science fiction,reference titles,novels and kids’ favorites.“I told them,keep in mind that you might not see it again,”said Janey,a stay-at-home mom.‎ Since then,the collection keeps replenishing(补充)itself,thanks to ongoing donations from borrowers.The library now gets an average of five visits a day.‎ The project’s best payoff,says Peter,are the thank-you notes left behind.“We had no idea in the beginning that it would be so popular.”‎ ‎1.In what way is the library “pedestrian-friendly”?‎ A.It owns a yellow roof.‎ B.It stands near a sidewalk.‎ C.It protects book lovers from the sun.‎ D.It uses palm-tree stickers as decorations.‎ ‎2.Janey got the idea to build a library from　　　. ‎ A.a visit to Brian Williams B.a spring break with her family C.a book sent by one of her neighbors D.a report on a Wisconsin-based organization ‎3.The library was built　　　. ‎ A.by a ship supply company　　　B.on the basis of toy horses C.like a mailbox　　　D.with glass ‎4.What can we infer about the signboard?‎ A.It was made by a user of the library.‎ B.It marked a final touch to the library.‎ C.It aimed at making the library last long.‎ D.It indicated the library was a family property.‎ ‎5.The passage tells us that the users　　　. ‎ A.donate books to the library B.get paid to collect books for the library C.receive thank-you notes for using the library D.visit the library over 5 times on average daily 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.C ‎4.C ‎5.A Passage 59(2013江苏,C)‎ If a diver surfaces too quickly,he may suffer the bends.Nitrogen(氮)dissolved(溶解)in his blood is suddenly liberated by the reduction of pressure.The consequence,if the bubbles(气泡)accumulate in a joint,is sharp pain and a bent body—thus the name.If the bubbles form in his lungs or his brain,the consequence can be death.‎ Other air-breathing animals also suffer this decompression(减压)sickness if they surface too fast:whales,for example.And so,long ago,did ichthyosaurs.That these ancient sea animals got the bends can be seen from their bones.If bubbles of nitrogen form inside the bone they can cut off its blood supply.This kills the cells in the bone,and consequently weakens it,sometimes to the point of collapse.Fossil(化石)bones that have caved in on themselves are thus a sign that the animal once had the bends.‎ Bruce Rothschild of the University of Kansas knew all this when he began a study of ichthyosaur bones to find out how widespread the problem was in the past.What he particularly wanted to investigate was how ichthyosaurs adapted to the problem of decompression over the 150 million years.To this end,he and his colleagues traveled the world’s natural-history museums,looking at hundreds of ichthyosaurs from the Triassic period and from the later Jurassic and Cretaceous periods.‎ When he started,he assumed that signs of the bends would be rarer in younger fossils,reflecting their gradual evolution of measures to deal with decompression.Instead,he was astonished to discover the opposite.More than 15% of Jurassic and Cretaceous ichthyosaurs had suffered the bends before they died,but not a single Triassic specimen(标本)showed evidence of that sort of injury.‎ If ichthyosaurs did evolve an anti-decompression means,they clearly did so quickly—and,most strangely,they lost it afterwards.But that is not what Dr Rothschild thinks happened.He suspects it was evolution in other animals that caused the change.‎ Whales that suffer the bends often do so because they have surfaced to escape a predator(捕食动物)such as a large shark.One of the features of Jurassic oceans was an abundance of large sharks and crocodiles,both of which were fond of ichthyosaur lunches.Triassic oceans,by contrast,were mercifully shark-and crocodile-free.In the Triassic,then,ichthyosaurs were top of the food chain.In the Jurassic and Cretaceous,they were prey(猎物)as well as predator—and often had to make a speedy exit as a result.‎ ‎1.Which of the following is a typical symptom of the bends?‎ A.A twisted body.‎ B.A gradual decrease in blood supply.‎ C.A sudden release of nitrogen in blood.‎ D.A drop in blood pressure.‎ ‎2.The purpose of Rothschild’s study is to see　　　. ‎ A.how often ichthyosaurs caught the bends B.how ichthyosaurs adapted to decompression C.why ichthyosaurs bent their bodies D.when ichthyosaurs broke their bones ‎3.Rothschild’s finding stated in Paragraph 4　　　. ‎ A.confirmed his assumption B.speeded up his research process C.disagreed with his assumption D.changed his research objectives ‎4.Rothschild might have concluded that ichthyosaurs　　　. ‎ A.failed to evolve an anti-decompression means B.gradually developed measures against the bends C.died out because of large sharks and crocodiles D.evolved an anti-decompression means but soon lost it 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.B ‎3.C ‎4.A Passage 60(2013江苏,D)‎ Mark Twain has been called the inventor of the American novel.And he surely deserves additional praise:the man who popularized the clever literary attack on racism.‎ I say clever because anti-slavery fiction had been the important part of the literature in the years before the Civil War.H.B.Stowe’s Uncle Tom’s Cabin is only the most famous example.These early stories dealt directly with slavery.With minor exceptions,Twain planted his attacks on slavery and prejudice into tales that were on the surface about something else entirely.He drew his readers into the argument by drawing them into the story.‎ Again and again,in the postwar years,Twain seemed forced to deal with the challenge of race.Consider the most controversial,at least today,of Twain’s novels,Adventures of Huckleberry Finn.Only a few books have been kicked off the shelves as often as Huckleberry Finn,Twain’s most widely read tale.Once upon a time,people hated the book because it struck them as rude.Twain himself wrote that those who banned the book considered the novel “trash and suitable only for the slums(贫民窟).”More recently the book has been attacked because of the character Jim,the escaped slave,and many occurences of the word nigger.(The term Nigger Jim,for which the novel is often severely criticized,never appears in it.)‎ But the attacks were and are silly—and miss the point.The novel is strongly anti-slavery.Jim’s search through the slave states for the family from whom he has been forcibly parted is heroic.As J.Chadwick has pointed out,the character of Jim was ‎ a first in American fiction—a recognition that the slave had two personalities,“the voice of survival within a white slave culture and the voice of the individual:Jim,the father and the man.”‎ There is much more.Twain’s mystery novel Pudd’ nhead Wilson stood as a challenge to the racial beliefs of even many of the liberals of his day.Written at a time when the accepted wisdom held Negroes to be inferior(低等的)to whites,especially in intelligence,Twain’s tale centered in part around two babies switched at birth.A slave gave birth to her master’s baby and,for fear that the child should be sold South,switched him for the master’s baby by his wife.The slave’s light-skinned child was taken to be white and grew up with both the attitudes and the education of the slave-holding class.The master’s wife’s baby was taken for black and grew up with the attitudes and intonations of the slave.‎ The point was difficult to miss:nurture(养育),not nature,was the key to social status.The features of the black man that provided the stuff of prejudice—manner of speech,for example—were,to Twain,indicative of nothing other than the conditioning that slavery forced on its victims.‎ Twain’s racial tone was not perfect.One is left uneasy,for example,by the lengthy passage in his autobiography(自传)about how much he loved what were called “nigger shows” in his youth—mostly with white men performing in black-face—and his delight in getting his mother to laugh at them.Yet there is no reason to think Twain saw the shows as representing reality.His frequent attacks on slavery and prejudice suggest his keen awareness that they did not.‎ Was Twain a racist?Asking the question in the 21st century is as wise as asking the same of Lincoln.If we read the words and attitudes of the past through the “wisdom” of the considered moral judgments of the present,we will find nothing but error.Lincoln,who believed the black man the inferior of the white,fought and won a war to free him.And Twain,raised in a slave state,briefly a soldier,and inventor of Jim,may have done more to anger the nation over racial injustice and awaken its collective conscience than any other novelist in the past century.‎ ‎1.How do Twain’s novels on slavery differ from Stowe’s?‎ A.Twain was more willing to deal with racism.‎ B.Twain’s attack on racism was much less open.‎ C.Twain’s themes seemed to agree with plots.‎ D.Twain was openly concerned with racism.‎ ‎2.Recent criticism of Adventures of Huckleberry Finn arose partly from its　　　. ‎ A.target readers at the bottom ‎ B.anti-slavery attitude ‎ C.rather impolite language D.frequent use of “nigger”‎ ‎3.What best proves Twain’s anti-slavery stand according to the author?‎ A.Jim’s search for his family was described in detail.‎ B.The slave’s voice was first heard in American novels.‎ C.Jim grew up into a man and a father in the white culture.‎ D.Twain suspected that the slaves were less intelligent.‎ ‎4.The story of two babies switched mainly indicates that 　　　. ‎ A.slaves were forced to give up their babies to their masters ‎ B.slaves’ babies could pick up slave-holders’ way of speaking ‎ C.blacks’ social position was shaped by how they were brought up ‎ D.blacks were born with certain features of prejudice ‎ ‎5.What does the underlined word “they” in Paragraph 7 refer to?‎ A.The attacks.　　　B.Slavery and prejudice.‎ C.White men.　　　D.The shows.‎ ‎6.What does the author mainly argue for?‎ A.Twain had done more than his contemporary writers to attack racism.‎ B.Twain was an admirable figure comparable to Abraham Lincoln.‎ C.Twain’s works had been banned on unreasonable grounds.‎ D.Twain’s works should be read from a historical point of view.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.C ‎4.C ‎5.D ‎6.A Passage 61(2013江西,B)‎ When international aid is given,steps must be taken to ensure(确保)that the aid reaches the people for whom it is intended.The way to achieve this may not be simple.It is very difficult for a nation to give help directly to people in another nation.The United Nations Organization(UNO)could undertake to direct the distribution of aid.Here however rises the problem of costs.Also tied with this is time.Perhaps the UNO could set up a body of devoted men and women in every country who can speedily distribute aid to victims of floods and earthquakes.‎ More than the help that one nation can give to another during a disaster,it would be more effective to give other forms of help during normal times.A common proverb says,“Give me a fish and I eat for a day,teach me to fish and I eat for a lifetime.”If we follow this wise saying,it would be right to teach people from less developed nations to take care of themselves.For example,a country could share its technology with another.This could be in simple areas like agriculture or in more complex areas like medical and health care or even in building satellites.Even a small country is able to help less developed nations.Sometime what is taken for granted,like the setting up of a water purification plant or the administration of a school,could be useful for countries which are looking about to solve common problems.It does not cost much to share such simple things.Exchange students could be attached for a number of months or years and learn the required craft while on the site.They can then take their knowledge back to their homelands and if necessary come back from time to time to clear doubts or to update themselves.Such aid will be truly helpful and there is no chance of it being temporary or of it falling into the wrong hands. ‎ Many countries run extensive courses in all sorts of skills.It will not cost much to include deserving foreigners in these courses.Besides giving effective help to the countries concerned,there is also the build-up of friendships to consider.Giving direct help by giving materials may be effective in the short run and must continue to be given in the event of emergencies.However,in the long run what is really effective would be the sharing of knowledge.‎ ‎1.According to the author, how could international aid reach the victims in time?‎ A.By solving the cost problems.‎ B.By solving the transportation problems.‎ C.By setting up a body of devoted people in every country.‎ D.By relying on the direct distribution of the UNO.‎ ‎2.What does the author try to express in the underlined sentence?‎ A.Providing food is vital.‎ B.Learning to fish is helpful.‎ C.Teaching skills is essential.‎ D.Looking after others is important.‎ ‎3.The second paragraph is developed mainly　　　. ‎ A.by example　　　B.by process C.by comparison　　　D.by contrast ‎4.Which aid is likely to fall into the wrong hands?‎ A.A medical team.　　　B.An exchange program.‎ C.A water plant.　　　D.Financial support.‎ ‎5.What can we infer about international aid from the passage?‎ A.It is facing difficulties.‎ B.It is unnecessary during normal times.‎ C.It should be given in the form of materials.‎ D.It has gained support from developed countries.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.D ‎5.A Passage 62(2013江西,C)‎ Many people think that listening is a passive business.It is just the opposite.Listening well is an active exercise of our attention and hard work.It is because they do not realize this,or because they are not willing to do the work,that most people do not listen well.‎ Listening well also requires total concentration upon someone else.An essential part of listening well is the rule known as ‘bracketing’.Bracketing includes the temporary giving up or setting aside of your own prejudices and desires,to experience as far as possible someone else’s world from the inside,stepping into his or her shoes.Moreover,since listening well involves bracketing,it also involves a temporary acceptance of the other person.Sensing this acceptance,the speaker will seem quite willing to open up the inner part of his or her mind to the listener.True communication is under way.The energy required for listening well is so great that it can be accomplished only by the will to extend oneself for mutual growth. ‎ Most of the time we lack this energy.Even though we may feel in our business dealings or social relationships that we are listening well,what we are usually doing is listening selectively.Often we have a prepared list in mind and wonder,as we listen,how we can achieve certain desired results to get the conversation over as quickly as possible or redirected in ways more satisfactory to us.Many of us are far more interested in talking than in listening,or we simply refuse to listen to what we don’t want to hear.‎ It wasn’t until toward the end of my doctor career that I have found the knowledge that one is being truly listened to is frequently therapeutic(有疗效的).In about a quarter of the patients I saw,surprising improvement was shown during the first few ‎ months of the psychotherapy(心理疗法),before any of the roots of problems had been uncovered or explained.There are several reasons for this phenomenon,but chief among them,I believe,was the patient’s sense that he or she was being truly listened to,often for the first time in years,and for some,perhaps for the first time ever.‎ ‎1.The phrase “stepping into his or her shoes”in Paragraph 2 probably means　　　. ‎ A.preparing a topic list first B.focusing on one’s own mind C.directing the talk to the desired results D.experiencing the speaker’s inside world ‎2.What is mainly discussed in Paragraph 2?‎ A.How to listen well.　　　B.What to listen to.‎ C.Benefits of listening.　　　D.Problems in listening.‎ ‎3.According to the author, in communication people tend to　　　. ‎ A.listen actively　　　B.listen purposefully C.set aside their prejudices　　　D.open up their inner mind ‎4.According to the author, the patients improved mainly because　　　. ‎ A.they were taken good care of B.they knew they were truly listened to C.they had partners to talk to D.they knew the roots of problems ‎5.What type of writing is the article likely to be?‎ A.Science fiction.　　　B.A news report.‎ C.A medical report.　　　D.Popular science.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.B ‎4.B ‎5.D Passage 63(2013江西,D)‎ One might expect that the ever-growing demands of the tourist trade would bring nothing but good for the countries that receive the holiday-makers.Indeed,a rosy picture is painted for the long-term future of the holiday industry.Every month sees the building of a new hotel somewhere.And every month another rock-bound Pacific island is advertised as the‘last paradise(天堂)on earth’.‎ However,the scale and speed of this growth seem set to destroy the very things tourists want to enjoy.In those countries where there was a rush to make quick money out of sea-side holidays,over-crowded beaches and the concrete jungles of endless hotels have begun to lose their appeal.‎ Those countries with little experience of tourism can suffer most.In recent years,Nepal set out to attract foreign visitors to fund developments in health and education.Its forests,full of wildlife and rare flowers,were offered to tourists as one more untouched paradise.In fact,the nature all too soon felt the effects of thousands of holiday-makers traveling through the forest land.Ancient tracks became major routes for the walkers,with the consequent exploitation of precious trees and plants.‎ Not only can the environment of a country suffer from the sudden growth of tourism.The people as well rapidly feel its effects.Farmland makes way for hotels,roads and airports;the old way of life goes.The one-time farmer is now the servant of some multi-national organization;he is no longer his own master.Once it was his back that bore the pain;now it is his smile that is exploited.No doubt he wonders whether he wasn’t happier in his village working his own land.‎ Thankfully,the tourist industry is waking up to the responsibilities it has towards those countries that receive its customers.The protection of wildlife and the creation of national parks go hand in hand with tourist development and in fact obtain financial support from tourist companies.At the same time,tourists are being encouraged to respect not only the countryside they visit but also its people.‎ The way tourism is handled in the next ten years will decide its fate and that of the countries we all want to visit.Their needs and problems are more important than those of the tourist companies.Increased understanding in planning world-wide tourism can preserve the market for these companies.If not,in a few years’ time the very things that attract tourists now may well have been destroyed.‎ ‎1.What does the author indicate in the last sentence of Paragraph 1?‎ A.The Pacific island is a paradise.‎ B.The Pacific island is worth visiting.‎ C.The advertisement is not convincing.‎ D.The advertisement is not impressive.‎ ‎2.The example of Nepal is used to suggest　　　. ‎ A.its natural resources are untouched B.its forests are exploited for farmland C.it develops well in health and education D.it suffers from the heavy flow of tourists ‎3.What can we learn about the farmers from Paragraph 4?‎ A.They are happy to work their own lands.‎ B.They have to please the tourists for a living.‎ C.They have to struggle for their independence.‎ D.They are proud of working in multi-national organizations.‎ ‎4.Which of the following determines the future of tourism?‎ A.The number of tourists.‎ B.The improvement of services.‎ C.The promotion of new products.‎ D.The management of tourism.‎ ‎5.The author’s attitude towards the development of the tourist industry is　　　. ‎ A.optimistic　　　B.doubtful C.objective　　　D.negative 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.D ‎5.C Passage 64(2013课标Ⅱ,A)‎ Doctors are known to be terrible pilots.They don’t listen because they already know it all.I was lucky:I became a pilot in 1970,almost ten years before I graduated from medical school.I didn’t realize then,but becoming a pilot makes me a better surgeon.I loved flying.As I flew bigger,faster planes,and in worse weather,I learned about crew resource management(机组资源管理),or CRM,a new idea to make flying safer.It means that crew members should listen and speak up for a good result,regardless of positions.‎ I first read about CRM in 1980.Not long after that,an attending doctor and I were flying in bad weather.The controller had us turn too late to get our landing ready.The attending doctor was flying;I was safety pilot.He was so busy because of the bad turn,he had forgotten to put the landing gear(起落架)down.He was a better pilot—and my boss—so it felt unusual to speak up.But I had to:Our lives were in danger.I put aside my uneasiness and said,“We need to put the landing gear down now!”That was my first real lesson in the power of CRM,and I’ve used it in the operating room ever since.‎ CRM requires that the pilot/surgeon encourage others to speak up.It further requires that when opinions are from the opposite,the doctor doesn’t overreact,which might prevent fellow doctors from voicing opinions again.So when I’m in the operating room,I ask for ideas and help from others.Sometimes they’re not willing to speak ‎ up.But I hope that if I continue to encourage them,someday someone will keep me from “landing gear up”. ‎ ‎1.What does the author say about doctors in general?‎ A.They like flying by themselves.‎ B.They are unwilling to take advice.‎ C.They pretend to be good pilots.‎ D.They are quick learners of CRM.‎ ‎2.The author deepened his understanding of the power of CRM when　　　. ‎ A.he saved the plane by speaking up B.he was in charge of a flying task C.his boss landed the plane too late D.his boss operated on a patient ‎3.In the last paragraph “landing gear up”probably means　　　. ‎ A.following flying requirements B.overreacting to different opinions C.listening to what fellow doctors say D.making a mistake that may cost lives ‎4.Which of the following can be the best title for the text?‎ A.CRM:A New Way to Make Flying Safe B.Flying Makes Me a Better Doctor C.The Making of a Good Pilot D.A Pilot-Turned Doctor 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.A ‎3.D ‎4.B Passage 65(2013课标Ⅱ,B)‎ In 1947 a group of famous people from the art world headed by an Austrian conductor decided to hold an international festival of music,dance and theatre in Edinburgh.The idea was to reunite Europe after the Second World War.‎ It quickly attracted famous names such as Alec Guinness,Richard Burton,Dame Margot Fonteyn and Marlene Dietrich as well as the big symphony orchestras(交响乐团).It became a fixed event every August and now attracts 400,000 people yearly.‎ At the same time,the “Fringe”appeared as a challenge to the official festival.Eight theatre groups turned up uninvited in 1947,in the belief that everyone should have the right to perform,and they did so in a public house disused for years.‎ Soon,groups of students firstly from Edinburgh University,and later from the universities of Oxford and Cambridge,Durham and Birmingham were making the journey to the Scottish capital each summer to perform theatre by little-known writers of plays in small church halls to the people of Edinburgh.‎ Today the “Fringe”,once less recognized,has far outgrown the festival with around 1,500 performances of theatre,music and dance on every one of the 21 days it lasts.And yet as early as 1959,with only 19 theatre groups performing,some said it was getting too big.‎ A paid administrator was first employed only in 1971,and today there are eight administrators working all year round and the number rises to 150 during August itself.In 2004 there were 200 places housing 1,695 shows by over 600 different groups from 50 different countries.More than 1.25 million tickets were sold.‎ ‎1.What was the purpose of Edinburgh Festival at the beginning?‎ A.To bring Europe together again.‎ B.To honor heroes of World War Ⅱ.‎ C.To introduce young theatre groups.‎ D.To attract great artists from Europe.‎ ‎2.Why did some uninvited theatre groups come to Edinburgh in 1947?‎ A.They owned a public house there.‎ B.They came to take up a challenge.‎ C.They thought they were also famous.‎ D.They wanted to take part in the festival.‎ ‎3.Who joined the “Fringe” after it appeared?‎ A.Popular writers.‎ B.University students.‎ C.Artists from around the world.‎ D.Performers of music and dance.‎ ‎4.We may learn from the text that Edinburgh Festival　　　. ‎ A.has become a non-official event B.has gone beyond an art festival C.gives shows all year round D.keeps growing rapidly 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.D Passage 66(2013课标Ⅱ,D)‎ Low-Cost Gifts for Mother’s Day Gift No.1‎ Offer to be your mother’s health friend.Promise to be there for any and all doctor’s visits whether a disease or a regular medical check-up.Most mothers always say “no need”,but another set of eyes and ears is always a good idea at a doctor’s visit.The best part?This one is free.‎ Gift No.2‎ Help your mother organize all of her medical records,which include the test results and medical information.Put them all in one place.Be sure to make a list of all of her medicines and what times she takes them.“Having all this information in one place could end up saving your mother’s life,”Dr.Marie Savard said.‎ Gift No.3‎ Enough sleep is connected to general health conditions.“Buy your mother cotton sheets and comfortable pillows to encourage better sleep,”Savard said.“We know that good sleep is very important to our health.”‎ Gift No.4‎ Some gift companies such as Presents for Purpose allow you to pay it forward this Mother’s Day by picking gifts in which 10 percent of the price you pay goes to a charity(慈善机构).Gift givers can choose from a wide variety of useful but inexpensive things—many of which are “green”—and then choose a meaningful charity from a list.When your mother gets the gift,she will be told that she has helped the chosen charity.‎ ‎1.What are you advised to do for your mother at doctor’s visits?‎ A.Take notes.　　　B.Be with her.‎ C.Buy medicine.　　　D.Give her gifts.‎ ‎2.Where can you find a gift idea to improve your mother’s sleep?‎ A.In Gift No.1.　　　B.In Gift No.2.‎ C.In Gift No.3.　　　D.In Gift No.4.‎ ‎3.Buying gifts from Presents for Purpose allows mothers to　　　. ‎ A.enjoy good sleep B.be well-organized C.get extra support D.give others help 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.D Passage 67(2013辽宁,A)‎ China is a land of bicycles.At least it was back in 1992 when I traveled the country.Back then everyone seemed to be riding a bicycle.Millions of them,all black.Cars were rare.Yet since my arrival in Beijing last year,I’ve found the opposite is true.There are millions of cars.However,people still use their bicycles to get around.For many,it’s the easiest and cheapest way to travel today.Bicycles also come in different colors—silver,green,red,blue,yellow,whatever you want.‎ It’s fun watching people biking.They rush quickly through crossroads,move skillfully through traffic,and ride even on sidewalks(人行道).Bicycles allow people the freedom to move about that cars just can’t provide.‎ Eager to be part of this aspect of Chinese culture,I decided to buy a bicycle.Great weather accompanied my great buy.I immediately jumped up on my bicycle seat and started home.‎ My first ride home was orderly(守秩序的).To be safe,I stayed with a “pack”of bikers while cars on the streets came running swiftly out of nowhere at times.I didn’t want to get hit.So I took the ride carefully.‎ Crossing the streets was the biggest problem.It was a lot like crossing a major highway back in the United States.The streets here were wide,so crossing took time,skill and a little bit of luck.‎ I finally made it home.The feeling on the bicycle was amazing.The air hitting my face and going through my hair was wonderful.I was sitting on top of the world as I passed by places and people.Biking made me feel alive.‎ ‎1.According to the author, why are bicycles still popular in China today?‎ A.Because they are traditional and safe.‎ B.Because they are convenient and inexpensive.‎ C.Because they are colorful and available.‎ D.Because they are fast and environment friendly.‎ ‎2.The author decided to buy a bicycle because he intended　　　. ‎ A.to ride it for fun　　　B.to use it for transport C.to experience local culture　　　D.to improve his riding skills ‎3.How did the author feel about his street crossing?‎ A.It was boring.　　　B.It was difficult.‎ C.It was lively.　　　D.It was wonderful.‎ ‎4.Which of the following best describes the author’s biking experience?‎ A.The author enjoyed showing off his biking skills.‎ B.The author was annoyed by the air while riding.‎ C.The author was praised by the other bikers.‎ D.The author took great pleasure in biking.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.B ‎4.D Passage 68(2013辽宁,B)‎ Going green seems to be a fad(时尚)for a lot of people these days.Whether that is good or bad,we can’t really say,but for the two of us,going green is not a fad but a lifestyle.‎ On April 22,2011,we decided to go green every single day for an entire year.This meant doing 365 different green things,and it also meant challenging ourselves to go green beyond the easy things.Rather than recycle and reduce our energy,we had to think of 365 different green things to do and this was no easy task.‎ With the idea of going green every single day for a year,Our Green Year started.My wife and I decided to educate people about how they could go green in their lives and hoped we could show people all the green things that could be done to help the environment.We wanted to push the message that every little bit helps.‎ Over the course of Our Green Year,we completely changed our lifestyles.We now shop at organic(有机的)stores.We consume less meat,choosing green food.We have greatly reduced our buying we don’t need.We have given away half of what we owned through websites.Our home is kept clean by vinegar and lemon juice,with no chemical cleaners.We make our own butter,enjoying the smell of home-made fresh bread.In our home office anyone caught doing something ungreen might be punished.‎ Our minds have been changed by Our Green Year.We are grateful for the chance to have been able to go green and educate others.We believe that we do have the power to change things and help our planet.‎ ‎1.What might be the best title for the passage?‎ A.Going Green B.Protecting the Planet C.Keeping Open-Minded D.Celebrating Our Green Year ‎2.It was difficult for the couple to live a green life for the whole year because　　　. ‎ A.they were expected to follow the green fad B.they didn’t know how to educate other people C.they were unwilling to reduce their energy D.they needed to perform unusual green tasks ‎3.What did the couple do over the course of Our Green Year?‎ A.They tried to get out of their ungreen habits.‎ B.They ignored others’ ungreen behavior.‎ C.They chose better chemical cleaners.‎ D.They sold their home-made food.‎ ‎4.What can we infer from the last paragraph?‎ A.The government will give support to the green project.‎ B.The couple may continue their project in the future.‎ C.Some people disagree with the couple’s green ideas.‎ D.Our Green Year is becoming a national campaign.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.A ‎4.B Passage 69(2013辽宁,D)‎ ‎“Indeed,”George Washington wrote in his diary in 1785,“some kind of fly,or bug,had begun to eat the leaves before I left home.”But the father of America was not the father of bug.When Washington wrote that,Englishmen had been referring to insects as bugs for more than a century,and Americans had already created lightning-bug(萤火虫).But the English were soon to stop using the bugs in their language,leaving it to the Americans to call a bug a bug in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.‎ The American bug could also be a person,referring to someone who was crazy about a particular activity.Although fan became the usual term,sports fans used to be called racing bugs,baseball bugs,and the like.‎ Or the bug could be a small machine or object,for example,a bug-shaped car.The bug could also be a burglar alarm,from which comes the expression to bug,that is,“to install(安装)an alarm”.Now it means a small piece of equipment that people use for listening secretly to others’ conversations.Since the 1840s,to bug has long meant “to cheat”,and since the 1940s it has been annoying.‎ We also know the bug as a flaw in a computer program or other design.That meaning dates back to the time of Thomas Edison.In 1878 he explained bugs as“little problems and difficulties”that required months of study and labor to overcome in developing a successful product.In 1889 it was recorded that Edison “had been up the two previous nights discovering‘a bug’in his invented record player.”‎ ‎1.We learn from Paragraph 1 that　　　. ‎ A.Americans had difficulty in learning to use the word bug B.George Washington was the first person to call an insect a bug C.the word bug was still popularly used in England in the nineteenth century D.both Englishmen and Americans used the word bug in the eighteenth century ‎2.What does the word“flaw”in the last paragraph probably mean?‎ A.Explanation.　　　B.Finding.‎ C.Origin.　　　D.Fault.‎ ‎3.The passage is mainly concerned with　　　. ‎ A.the misunderstanding of the word bug B.the development of the word bug C.the public views of the word bug D.the special characteristics of the word bug 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.D ‎3.B Passage 70(2013山东,B)‎ George Gershwin, born in 1898, was one of America’s greatest composers. He published his first song when he was eighteen years old.During the next twenty years he wrote more than five hundred songs.‎ Many of Gershwin’s songs were first written for musical plays performed in theatres in New York City. These plays were a popular form of entertainment in the 1920s and 1930s. Many of his songs have remained popular as ever. Over the years they have been sung and played in every possible way—from jazz to country.‎ In the 1920s there was a debate in the United States about jazz music. Could jazz, some people asked,be considered serious music?In 1924 jazz musician and orchestra leader Paul Whiteman decided to organize a special concert to show that jazz was serious music.Gershwin agreed to compose something for the concert before he realized he had just a few weeks to do it. And in that short time,he composed a piece for piano and orchestra which he called Rhapsody in Blue.Gershwin himself played the piano at the concert.The audience were thrilled when they heard his music.It made him world-famous and showed that jazz music could be both serious and popular.‎ In 1928,Gershwin went to Paris.He applied to study composition(作曲)with the well-known musician Nadia Boulanger,but she rejected him.She was afraid that classical study would ruin his jazz-influenced style.While there,Gershwin wrote An American in Paris. When it was first performed,critics(评论家)were divided over the music.Some called it happy and full of life,to others it was silly and boring.But it quickly became popular in Europe and the United States.It still remains one of his most famous works.‎ George Gershwin died in 1937,just days after doctors learned he had brain cancer.He was only thirty-nine years old.Newspapers all over the world reported his death on their front pages.People mourned the loss of the man and all the music he might have still written.‎ ‎ 1.Many of Gershwin’s musical works were　　　. ‎ A.written about New Yorkers B.composed for Paul Whiteman C.played mainly in the countryside D.performed in various ways ‎2.What do we know about the concert organized by Whiteman?‎ A.It attracted more people to theatres.‎ B.It proved jazz could be serious music.‎ C.It made Gershwin leader of the orchestra.‎ D.It caused a debate among jazz musicians.‎ ‎3.What did Gershwin do during his stay in Paris?‎ A.He created one of his best works.‎ B.He studied with Nadia Boulanger.‎ C.He argued with French critics.‎ D.He changed his music style.‎ ‎4.What do we learn from the last paragraph?‎ A.Many of Gershwin’s works were lost.‎ B.The death of Gershwin was widely reported.‎ C.A concert was held in memory of Gershwin.‎ D.Brain cancer research started after Gershwin’s death.‎ ‎5.Which of the following best describes Gershwin?‎ A.Talented and productive.　　　B.Serious and boring.‎ C.Popular and unhappy.　　　D.Friendly and honest.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.A ‎4.B ‎5.A Passage 71(2013陕西,B)‎ In 1978,I was 18 and was working as a nurse in a small town about 270 km away from Sydney,Australia.I was looking forward to having five days off from duty.Unfortunately,the only one train a day back to my home in Sydney had already left.So I thought I’d hitch a ride(搭便车).‎ I waited by the side of the highway for three hours but no one stopped for me.Finally,a man walked over and introduced himself as Gordon.He said that although he couldn’t give me a lift,I should come back to his house for lunch.He noticed me standing for hours in the November heat and thought I must be hungry.I was doubtful as a young girl but he assured(使……放心)me I was safe,and he also offered to help me find a lift home afterwards.When we arrived at his house,he made us sandwiches.After lunch,he helped me find a lift home.‎ Twenty-five years later,in 2003,while I was driving to a nearby town one day,I saw an elderly man standing in the glaring heat,trying to hitch a ride.I thought it was another chance to repay someone for the favour I’d been given decades earlier.I pulled over and picked him up.I made him comfortable on the back seat and offered him some water.‎ After a few moments of small talk,the man said to me,“You haven’t changed a bit,even your red hair is still the same.”‎ I couldn’t remember where I’d met him.He then told me he was the man who had given me lunch and helped me find a lift all those years ago.It was Gordon.‎ ‎1.The author had to hitch a ride one day in 1978 because　　　. ‎ A.her work delayed her trip to Sydney B.she was going home for her holidays C.the town was far away from Sydney D.she missed the only train back home ‎2.Which of the following did Gordon do according to Paragraph 2?‎ A.He helped the girl find a ride.‎ B.He gave the girl a ride back home.‎ C.He bought sandwiches for the girl.‎ D.He watched the girl for three hours.‎ ‎3.The reason why the author offered a lift to the elderly man was that　　　. ‎ A.she realized he was Gordon B.she had known him for decades C.she was going to the nearby town D.she wanted to repay the favour she once got ‎4.What does the author want to tell the readers through the story?‎ A.Giving sometimes produces nice results.‎ B.Those who give rides will be repaid.‎ C.Good manners bring about happiness.‎ D.People should offer free rides to others.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.D ‎4.A Passage 72(2013陕西,D)‎ About 30 years ago,I left Cuba for the United States with my son.After getting settled finally in Brunswick,New Jersey,I enrolled(注册)my son in kindergarten.Several weeks later,my son’s teacher asked me to meet him at his office.‎ In the teacher’s office,an exchange of greetings was followed by his questions:“Is your son mentally retarded(弱智的)?Does he suffer from any kind of mental disability?”‎ Was he talking about my wonderful Scola?No,no,it can’t be.What a helpless,lonely moment!I told him that Scola was a quiet,sweet little boy,instead.I asked him why he was asking me all these questions.‎ My son could not follow the teacher’s directions,he told me,and thus,Scola was disrupting the class.Didn’t he know my son did not speak English yet?‎ He was angry:“Why hasn’t your son been taught to speak English?Don’t you speak English at home?”‎ No,I didn’t speak English at home,I replied.I was sure my son would learn English in a couple of months,and I didn’t want him to forget his native language.Well,wrong answer!What kind of person would not speak in English to her son at home and at all times?“Are you one of those people who come to this country to save dollars and send them back to their country,never wanting to be a part of this society?”‎ Needless to say,I tried to tell him I was not one of “those people”.Then he told me the meeting was over,and I left.‎ As I had expected,my son learned to speak English fluently before the school year was over.He went on to graduate from college and got a job,earning close to six figures.He travels widely and leads a well-adjusted,contented life.And he has benefited from being bilingual(双语的).‎ Speaking more than one language allows people to communicate with others;it teaches people about other cultures and other places—something very basic and obviously lacking in the“educator”I met in New Jersey.‎ ‎1.The teacher asked the author to his office　　　. ‎ A.to discuss Scola’s in-class performance B.to get Scola enrolled in kindergarten C.to find a language partner for Scola D.to work out a study plan for Scola ‎2.What does the underlined word “disrupting” in Paragraph 4 probably mean?‎ A.Breaking.　　　B.Following.‎ C.Attending.　　　D.Disturbing.‎ ‎3.The author’s attitude towards being bilingual may best be described as　　　. ‎ A.critical　　　　　B.casual　　　　　C.positive　　　　　D.passive ‎4.This text is likely to be selected from a book of　　　. ‎ A.medicine　　　　　B.education　　　　　C.geography　　　　　D.history 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.C ‎4.B Passage 73(2013四川,B)‎ On a sunny day last August,Tim heard some shouting.Looking out to the sea carefully,he saw a couple of kids in a rowboat were being pulled out to sea.‎ Two 12-year-old boys,Christian and Jack,rowed out a boat to search for a football.Once they’d rowed beyond the calm waters,a beach umbrella tied to the boat caught the wind and pulled the boat into open water.The pair panicked and tried to row back to shore.But they were no match for it and the boat was out of control.‎ Tim knew it would soon be swallowed by the waves.‎ ‎“Everything went quiet in my head,”Tim recalls(回忆).“I was trying to figure out how to swim to the boys in a straight line.”‎ Tim took off his clothes and jumped into the water.Every 500 yards or so,he raised his head to judge his progress.“At one point,I considered turning back,”he says.“I wondered if I was putting my life at risk.”After 30 minutes of struggling,he was close enough to yell to the boys,“Take down the umbrella!”‎ Christian made much effort to take down the umbrella.Then Tim was able to catch up and climb aboard the boat.He took over rowing,but the waves were almost too strong for him.‎ ‎“Let’s aim for the pier(码头),”Jack said.Tim turned the boat toward it.Soon afterward,waves crashed over the boat,and it began to sink.“Can you guys swim?”he cried.“A little bit,”the boys said.‎ Once they were in the water,Tim decided it would be safer and faster for him to pull the boys toward the pier.Christian and Jack were wearing life jackets and floated on their backs.Tim swam toward land as water washed over the boys’ faces.‎ ‎“Are we almost there?”they asked again and again.“Yes,”Tim told them each time.‎ After 30 minutes,they reached the pier.‎ ‎1.Why did the two boys go to the sea?‎ A.To go boat rowing.‎ B.To get back their football.‎ C.To swim in the open water.‎ D.To test the umbrella as a sail.‎ ‎2.What does“it”in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A.The beach.　　　　　B.The water.　　　　　C.The boat.　　　　　D.The wind.‎ ‎3.Why did Tim raise his head regularly?‎ A.To take in enough fresh air.‎ B.To consider turning back or not.‎ C.To check his distance from the boys.‎ D.To ask the boys to take down the umbrella.‎ ‎4.How did the two boys finally reach the pier?‎ A.They were dragged to the pier by Tim.‎ B.They swam to the pier all by themselves.‎ C.They were washed to the pier by the waves.‎ D.They were carried to the pier by Tim on his back.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.C ‎4.A Passage 74(2013四川,C)‎ LONDON—A British judge on Thursday sentenced a businessman who sold fake(假冒的)bomb detectors(探测器)to 10 years in prison,saying the man hadn’t cared about potentially deadly consequences.‎ It is believed that James McCormick got about $77.8 million from the sales of his detectors—which were based on a kind of golf ball finder—to countries including Iraq,Belgium and Saudi Arabia.‎ McCormick,57,was convicted(判罪)of cheats last month and sentenced Thursday at the Old Bailey court in London.‎ ‎“Your cheating conduct in selling a great amount of useless equipment simply for huge profit promoted a false sense of security and in all probability materially contributed to causing death and injury to innocent people,”Judge Richard Hone told McCormick.“You have neither regret,nor shame,nor any sense of guilt.”‎ The detectors,sold for up to $42,000 each,were said to be able to find such dangerous objects as bombs under water and from the air.But in fact they “lacked any grounding in science” and were of no use.‎ McCormick had told the court that he sold his detectors to the police in Kenya,the prison service in Hong Kong,the army in Egypt and the border control in Thailand.‎ ‎“I never had any bad results from customers,”he said.‎ ‎1.Why was McCormick sentenced to prison?‎ A.He sold bombs.　　　B.He caused death of people.‎ C.He made detectors.　　　D.He cheated in business.‎ ‎2.According to the judge, what McCormick had done　　　. ‎ A.increased the cost of safeguarding B.lowered people’s guard against danger C.changed people’s idea of social security D.caused innocent people to commit crimes ‎3.Which of the following is true of the detectors?‎ A.They have not been sold to Africa.‎ B.They have caused many serious problems.‎ C.They can find dangerous objects in water.‎ D.They don’t function on the basis of science.‎ ‎4.It can be inferred from the passage that McCormick　　　. ‎ A.sold the equipment at a low price B.was well-known in most countries C.did not think he had committed the crime D.had not got such huge profit as mentioned in the text 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.C Passage 75(2013四川,D)‎ Home to me means a sense of familiarity and nostalgia(怀旧).It’s fun to come home.It looks the same.It smells the same.You’ll realize what’s changed is you.Home is where we can remember pain,love,and some other experiences:We parted here;My parents met here;I won three championships here.‎ If I close my eyes,I can still have a clear picture in mind of my first home.I walk in the door and see a brown sofa surrounding a low glass-top wooden table.To the right of the living room is my first bedroom.It’s empty,but it’s where my earliest memories are.‎ There is the dining room table where I celebrated birthdays,and where I cried on Halloween—when I didn’t want to wear the skirt my mother made for me.I always liked standing on that table because it made me feel tall and strong.If I sit at this table,I can see my favorite room in the house,my parents’ room.It is simple:a brown wooden dresser lines the right side of the wall next to a television and a couple of photos of my grandparents on each side.Their bed is my safe zone.I can jump on it anytime—waking up my parents if I am scared or if I have an important announcement that cannot wait until the morning.‎ I’m lucky because I know my first home still exists.It exists in my mind and heart,on a physical property(住宅)on West 64th street on the western edge of Los Angeles.It is proof I lived,I grew,and I learned.‎ Sometimes when I feel lost,I lie down and shut my eyes,and I go home.I know it’s where I’ll find my family,my dogs,and my belongings.I purposely leave the window open at night because I know I’ll be blamed by Mom.But I don’t mind,because I want to hear her say my name,which reminds me I’m home.‎ ‎1.Why does the author call her parents’ bed her“safe zone”(Paragraph 3)?‎ A.It is her favorite place to play.‎ B.Her needs can be satisfied there.‎ C.Her grandparents’ photos are lined on each side.‎ D.Her parents always play together with her there.‎ ‎2.What can be learned from the passage?‎ A.The old furniture is still in the author’s first bedroom.‎ B.The author can still visit her first physical home in Los Angeles.‎ C.The author’s favorite room in her first home is the dining room.‎ D.Many people of the author’s age can still find their first physical homes.‎ ‎3.Sometimes when she feels lost, the author will　　　. ‎ A.open the window at night B.lie down in bed to have a dream C.try to bring back a sense of home D.go to Los Angeles to visit her mom ‎4.What is the author’s purpose of writing this passage?‎ A.To express how much she is attached to her home.‎ B.To declare how much she loves her first house.‎ C.To describe the state of her family.‎ D.To look back on her childhood.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.B ‎3.C ‎4.A Passage 76(2013四川,E)‎ Fear may be felt in the heart as well as in the head,according to a study that has found a link between the cycles of a beating heart and the chance of someone feeling fear.‎ Tests on healthy volunteers found that they were more likely to feel a sense of fear at the moment when their hearts are contracting(收缩)and pumping blood around their bodies,compared with the point when the heartbeat is relaxed.Scientists say the results suggest that the heart is able to influence how the brain responds to a fearful ‎ event,depending on which point it is at in its regular cycle of contraction and relaxation.‎ Sarah Garfinkel at the Brighton and Sussex Medical School said:“Our study shows for the first time that the way in which we deal with fear is different depending on when we see fearful pictures in relation to our heart.”‎ The study tested 20 healthy volunteers on their reactions to fear as they were shown pictures of fearful faces.Dr Garfinkel said,“The study showed that fearful faces are better noticed when the heart is pumping than when it is relaxed.Thus our hearts can also affect what we see and what we don’t see—and guide whether we see fear.”‎ To further understand this relationship,the scientists also used a brain scanner(扫描仪)to show how the brain influences the way the heart changes a person’s feeling of fear.‎ ‎“We have found an important mechanism by which the heart and brain‘speak’to each other to change our feelings and reduce fear,”Dr Garfinkel said.‎ ‎“We hope that by increasing our understanding about how fear is dealt with and ways that it could be reduced,we may be able to develop more successful treatments for anxiety disorders,and also for those who may be suffering from serious stress disorder.”‎ ‎1.What is the finding of the study?‎ A.One’s heart affects how he feels fear.‎ B.Fear is a result of one’s relaxed heartbeat.‎ C.Fear has something to do with one’s health.‎ D.One’s fast heartbeats are likely to cause fear.‎ ‎2.The study was carried out by analyzing　　　. ‎ A.volunteers’ heartbeats when they saw terrible pictures B.the time volunteers saw fearful pictures and their health conditions C.volunteers’ reactions to horrible pictures and data from their brain scans D.different pictures shown to volunteers and their heart-brain communication ‎3.Which of the following is closest in meaning to “mechanism”in Paragraph 6?‎ A.Order.　　　　　B.System.　　　　　C.Machine.　　　　　D.Treatment.‎ ‎4.This study may contribute to 　　　. ‎ A.treating anxiety and stress better B.explaining the cycle of fear and anxiety C.finding the key to the heart-brain communication D.understanding different fears in our hearts and heads 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.C ‎3.B ‎4.A Passage 77(2013天津,A)‎ Guide to Stockholm University Library Our library offers different types of studying places and provides a good studying environment.‎ Zones The library is divided into different zones.The upper floor is a quiet zone with over a thousand places for silent reading,and places where you can sit and work with your own computer.The reading places consist mostly of tables and chairs.The ground floor is the zone where you can talk.Here you can find sofas and armchairs for group work.‎ Computers You can use your own computer to connect to the wi-fi specially prepared for notebook computers;you can also use library computers,which contain the most commonly used applications,such as Microsoft Office.They are situated in the area known as the Experimental Field on the ground floor.‎ Group-study Places If you want to discuss freely without disturbing others,you can book a study room or sit at a table on the ground floor.Some study rooms are for 2-3 people and others can hold up to 6-8 people.All rooms are marked on the library maps.‎ There are 40 group-study rooms that must be booked via the website.To book,you need an active University account and a valid University card.You can use a room three hours per day,nine hours at most per week.‎ Storage of Study Material The library has lockers for students to store course literature.When you have obtained at least 40 credits(学分),you may rent a locker and pay 400 SEK for a year’s rental period.‎ Rules to be Followed Mobile phone conversations are not permitted anywhere in the library.Keep your phone on silent as if you were in a lecture and exit the library if you need to receive calls.‎ Please note that food and fruit are forbidden in the library,but you are allowed to have drinks and sweets with you.‎ ‎1.The library’s upper floor is mainly for students to　　　. ‎ A.read in a quiet place　　　B.have group discussions C.take comfortable seats　　　D.get their computers fixed ‎2.Library computers on the ground floor　　　. ‎ A.help students with their field experiments B.contain software essential for schoolwork C.are for those who want to access the wi-fi D.are mostly used for filling out application forms ‎3.What condition should be met to book a group-study room?‎ A.A group must consist of 8 people.‎ B.Three-hour use per day is the minimum.‎ C.One should first register at the university.‎ D.Applicants must mark the room on the map.‎ ‎4.A student can rent a locker in the library if he　　　. ‎ A.can afford the rental fee B.attends certain courses C.has nowhere to put his books D.has earned the required credits ‎5.What should NOT be brought into the library?‎ A.Mobile phones.　　　B.Orange juice.‎ C.Candy.　　　D.Sandwiches.‎ 答案　‎ ‎1.A ‎2.B ‎3.C ‎4.D ‎5.D Passage 78(2013天津,B)‎ Last night’s meteor(流星)shower left many people in the community dissatisfied and demanding answers.According to Gabe Rothschild,Emerald Valley’s mayor,people gathered in the suburbs of the city,carrying heavy telescopes,expecting to watch the brightly burning meteors passing through the sky.What they found instead was a sky so brightened by the city’s lights that it darkened the light of the meteors passing overhead.‎ ‎“My family was so frustrated,”admitted town resident Duane Cosby.“We wanted to make this an unforgettable family outing,but it turned out to be a huge disappointment.”‎ Astronomers—scientists who study stars and planets—have been complaining about this problem for decades.They say that light pollution prevents them from seeing objects in the sky that they could see quite easily in the past.They call on people and the government to take measures to fight against it.‎ There is yet a population besides professional and amateur star observers that suffers even more from light pollution.This population consists of birds,bats,frogs,snakes,etc.For example,outdoor lighting severely affects migrating(迁徙的)birds.According to the International Dark-Sky Association,“100 million birds a year throughout North America die in crashes with lighted buildings and towers.”‎ Countless more animal casualties(伤亡)result from the use of artificial lighting.Clearly,people enjoy the benefits of lighting their evenings,but some scientists think it can be harmful for humans,too.They worry that exposure to light while sleeping can increase a person’s chances of getting cancer.‎ Emerald Valley is only one community that is becoming aware of the negative effects of light pollution.For years,Flagstaff,Arizona,has enforced lighting regulations in its city in order to assist astronomers at the Lowell Observatory.Similar efforts have been made worldwide,and a movement is underway to remind us to turn off lights when we are not using them,so that other creatures can share the night.‎ ‎1.It happened last night that　　　. ‎ A.the city’s lights affected the meteor watching B.the meteors flew past before being noticed C.the city light show attracted many people D.the meteor watching ended up a social outing ‎2.What do the astronomers complain about?‎ A.Meteor showers occur less often than before.‎ B.Their observation equipment is in poor repair.‎ C.Light pollution has remained unsolved for years.‎ D.Their eyesight is failing due to artificial lighting.‎ ‎3.What is the author concerned about according to Paragraph 4?‎ A.Birds may take other migration paths.‎ B.Animals’ living habits may change suddenly.‎ C.Varieties of animals will become sharply reduced.‎ D.Animals’ survival is threatened by outdoor lighting.‎ ‎4.Lighting regulations in Flagstaff, Arizona are put into effect to　　　. ‎ A.lessen the chance of getting cancer B.create an ideal observation condition C.ensure citizens a good sleep at night D.enable all creatures to live in harmony ‎5.What message does the author most want to give us?‎ A.Saving wildlife is saving ourselves.‎ B.Great efforts should be made to save energy.‎ C.Human activities should be environmentally friendly.‎ D.New equipment should be introduced for space study.‎ 答案　‎ ‎1.A ‎2.C ‎3.D ‎4.B ‎5.C Passage 79(2013天津,D)‎ When asked about happiness,we usually think of something extraordinary,an absolute delight,which seems to get rarer the older we get.‎ For kids,happiness has a magical quality.Their delight at winning a race or getting a new bike is unreserved(毫无掩饰的).‎ In the teenage years the concept of happiness changes.Suddenly it’s conditional on such things as excitement,love and popularity.I can still recall the excitement of being invited to dance with the most attractive boy at the school party.‎ In adulthood the things that bring deep joy—love,marriage,birth—also bring responsibility and the risk of loss.For adults,happiness is complicated(复杂的).‎ My definition of happiness is “the capacity for enjoyment”.The more we can enjoy what we have,the happier we are.It’s easy to overlook the pleasure we get from the company of friends,the freedom to live where we please,and even good health.‎ I experienced my little moments of pleasure yesterday.First I was overjoyed when I shut the last lunch-box and had the house to myself.Then I spent an uninterrupted morning writing,which I love.When the kids and my husband came home,I enjoyed their noise after the quiet of the day.‎ Psychologists tell us that to be happy we need a mix of enjoyable leisure time and satisfying work.I don’t think that my grandmother,who raised 14 children,had much of either.She did have a network of close friends and family,and maybe this is what satisfied her.‎ We,however,with so many choices and such pressure to succeed in every area,have turned happiness into one more thing we’ve got to have.We’re so self-conscious about our“right”to it that it’s making us miserable.So we chase it and equal it with wealth and success,without noticing that the people who have those things aren’t necessarily happier.‎ Happiness isn’t about what happens to us—it’s about how we see what happens to us.It’s the skillful way of finding a positive for every negative.It’s not wishing for what we don’t have,but enjoying what we do possess.‎ ‎1.As people grow older, they　　　. ‎ A.feel it harder to experience happiness B.associate their happiness less with others C.will take fewer risks in pursuing happiness D.tend to believe responsibility means happiness ‎2.What can we learn about the author from Paragraphs 5 and 6?‎ A.She cares little about her own health.‎ B.She enjoys the freedom of traveling.‎ C.She is easily pleased by things in daily life.‎ D.She prefers getting pleasure from housework.‎ ‎3.What can be inferred from Paragraph 7?‎ A.Psychologists think satisfying work is key to happiness.‎ B.Psychologists’ opinion is well proved by Grandma’s case.‎ C.Grandma often found time for social gatherings.‎ D.Grandma’s happiness came from modest expectations of life.‎ ‎4.People who equal happiness with wealth and success　　　. ‎ A.consider pressure something blocking their way B.stress their right to happiness too much C.are at a loss to make correct choices D.are more likely to be happy ‎5.What can be concluded from the passage?‎ A.Happiness lies between the positive and the negative.‎ B.Each man is the master of his own fate.‎ C.Success leads to happiness.‎ D.Happy is he who is content.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.C ‎3.D ‎4.B ‎5.D Passage 80(2013重庆,A)‎ The morning had been a disaster.My tooth was aching,and I’d been in an argument with a friend.Her words still hurt:“The trouble with you is that you won’t put yourself in my place.Can’t you see things from my point of view?”I shook my head stubbornly—and felt the ache in my tooth.I’d thought I could hold out till my dentist came back from holiday,but the pain was really unbearable.I started calling the dentists in the phone book,but no one could see me immediately.Finally,at about lunchtime,I got lucky.‎ ‎“If you come by right now,”the receptionist said,“the dentist will fit you in.”‎ I took my purse and keys and rushed to my car.But suddenly I began to doubt about the dentist.What kind of dentist would be so eager to treat someone at such short notice?Why wasn’t he as busy as the others?‎ In the dentist’s office,I sat down and looked around.I saw nothing but the bare walls and I became even more worried.The assistant noticed my nervousness and placed her warm hand over my ice-cold one.‎ When I told her my fears,she laughed and said,“Don’t worry.The dentist is very good.”‎ ‎“How long do I have to wait for him?”I asked impatiently.‎ ‎“Come on,he is coming.Just lie down and relax.And enjoy the artwork,”the assistant said.‎ ‎“The artwork?”I was puzzled.‎ The chair went back.Suddenly I smiled.There was a beautiful picture,right where I could enjoy it:on the ceiling.How considerate the dentist was!At that moment,I began to understand what my friend meant by her words.‎ What a relief!‎ ‎1.Which of the following best describes the author’s feeling that morning?‎ A.Cheerful.　　　　　B.Nervous.　　　　　C.Satisfied.　　　　　D.Upset.‎ ‎2.What made the author begin to doubt about the dentist?‎ A.The dentist’s agreeing to treat her at very short notice.‎ B.The dentist’s being as busy as the other dentists.‎ C.The surroundings of the dentist’s office.‎ D.The laughing assistant of the dentist.‎ ‎3.Why did the author suddenly smile?‎ A.Because the dentist came at last.‎ B.Because she saw a picture on the ceiling.‎ C.Because she could relax in the chair.‎ D.Because the assistant kept comforting her.‎ ‎4.What did the author learn from her experience most probably?‎ A.Strike while the iron is hot.‎ B.Have a good word for one’s friend.‎ C.Put oneself in others’ shoes.‎ D.A friend in need is a friend indeed.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 81(2013重庆,C)‎ Almost every machine with moving parts has wheels,yet no one knows exactly when the first wheel was invented or what it was used for.We do know,however,that they existed over 5,500 years ago in ancient Asia.‎ The oldest known transport wheel was discovered in 2002 in Slovenia.It is over 5,100 years old.Evidence suggests that wheels for transport didn’t become popular for a while,though.This could be because animals did a perfectly good job of carrying farming tools and humans around.‎ But it could also be because of a difficult situation.While wheels need to roll on smooth surfaces,roads with smooth surfaces weren’t going to be constructed until there was plenty of demand for them.Eventually,road surfaces did become smoother,but this difficult situation appeared again a few centuries later.There had been no important changes in wheel and vehicle design before the arrival of modern road design.‎ In the mid-1700s,a Frenchman came up with a new design of road—a base layer(层)of large stones covered with a thin layer of smaller stones.A Scotsman improved on this design in the 1820s and a strong,lasting road surface became a reality.At around the same time,metal hubs(the central part of a wheel)came into being,followed by the pneumatic tyre(充气轮胎)in 1846.Alloy wheels were invented in 1967,sixty years after the appearance of tarmacked roads(柏油路).As wheel design took off,vehicles got faster and faster.‎ ‎1.What might explain why transport wheels didn’t become popular for some time?‎ A.Few knew how to use transport wheels.‎ B.Humans carried farming tools just as well.‎ C.Animals were a good means of transport.‎ D.The existence of transport wheels was not known.‎ ‎2.What do we know about road design from the passage?‎ A.It was easier than wheel design.‎ B.It improved after big changes in vehicle design.‎ C.It was promoted by fast-moving vehicles.‎ D.It provided conditions for wheel design to develop.‎ ‎3.How is the last paragraph mainly developed?‎ A.By giving examples.　　　B.By making comparisons.‎ C.By following time order.　　　D.By making classifications.‎ ‎4.What is the passage mainly about?‎ A.The beginning of road design.‎ B.The development of transport wheels.‎ C.The history of public transport.‎ D.The invention of fast-moving vehicles.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.D ‎3.C ‎4.B Passage 82(2013重庆,D)‎ Not all bodies of water are so evidently alive as the Atlantic Ocean,an S-shaped body of water covering 33 million square miles.The Atlantic has,in a sense,replaced the Mediterranean as the inland sea of Western civilization.Unlike real inland seas,which seem strangely still,the Atlantic is rich in oceanic liveliness.It is perhaps not surprising that its vitality has been much written about by ancient poets.‎ ‎“Storm at Sea”,a short poem written around 700,is generally regarded as one of mankind’s earliest artistic representations of the Atlantic.‎ When the wind is from the west All the waves that cannot rest To the east must thunder on Where the bright tree of the sun Is rooted in the ocean’s breast.‎ As the poem suggests,the Atlantic is never dead and dull.It is an ocean that moves,impressively and endlessly.It makes all kinds of noise—it is forever thundering,boiling,crashing,and whistling.‎ It is easy to imagine the Atlantic trying to draw breath—perhaps not so noticeably out in mid-ocean,but where it meets land,its waters bathing up and down a sandy beach.It mimics(模仿)nearly perfectly the steady breathing of a living creature.It is filled with symbiotic existences,too;unimaginable quantities of creatures,little and large alike,mix within its depths in a kind of oceanic harmony,giving to the waters a feeling of heartbeat,a kind of sub-ocean vitality.And it has a psychology.It has personalities:sometimes peaceful and pleasant,on rare occasions rough and wild;always it is strong and striking.‎ ‎1.Unlike real inland seas, the Atlantic Ocean is　　　. ‎ A.always energetic　　　B.lacking in liveliness C.shaped like a square　　　D.favored by ancient poets ‎2.What is the purpose of using the poem“Storm at Sea”in the passage?‎ A.To describe the movement of the waves.‎ B.To show the strength of the storm.‎ C.To represent the power of the ocean.‎ D.To prove the vastness of the sea.‎ ‎3.What does the underlined word“symbiotic”mean?‎ A.Living together.　　　B.Growing fast.‎ C.Moving harmoniously.　　　D.Breathing peacefully.‎ ‎4.In the last paragraph, the Atlantic is compared to　　　. ‎ A.a beautiful and poetic place　　　B.a flesh and blood person C.a wonderful world　　　D.a lovely animal 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.B Passage 83(2013重庆,E)‎ It is widely known that any English conversation begins with The Weather.Such a fixation with the weather finds expression in Dr.Johnson’s famous comment that“When two English meet,their first talk is of weather.”Though Johnson’s observation is as accurate now as it was over two hundred years ago,most commentators fail to come up with a convincing explanation for this English weather-speak.‎ Bill Bryson,for example,concludes that,as the English weather is not at all exciting,the obsession with it can hardly be understood.He argues that“To an outsider,the most striking thing about the English weather is that there is not very much of it.”Simply,the reason is that the unusual and unpredictable weather is almost unknown in the British Isles.‎ Jeremy Paxman,however,disagrees with Bryson,arguing that the English weather is by nature attractive.Bryson is wrong,he says,because the English preference for the weather has nothing to do with the natural phenomena.“The interest is less in the phenomena themselves,but in uncertainty.”According to him,the weather in England is very changeable and uncertain and it attracts the English as well as the outsider.‎ Bryson and Paxman stand for common misconceptions about the weather-speak among the English.Both commentators,somehow,are missing the point.The English weather conversation is not really about the weather at all.English weather-speak is a system of signs,which is developed to help the speakers overcome the natural reserve and actually talk to each other.Everyone knows conversations starting with weather-speak are not requests for weather data.Rather,they are routine greetings,conversation starters or the blank“fillers”.In other words,English weather-speak is a means of social bonding.‎ ‎1.The author mentions Dr. Johnson’s comment to show that　　　. ‎ A.most commentators agree with Dr. Johnson B.Dr.Johnson is famous for his weather observation C.the comment was accurate two hundred years ago D.English conversations usually start with the weather ‎2.What does the underlined word“obsession”most probably refer to?‎ A.A social trend.　　　B.An emotional state.‎ C.A historical concept.　　　D.An unknown phenomenon.‎ ‎3.According to the passage, Jeremy Paxman believes that　　　. ‎ A.Bill Bryson has little knowledge of the weather B.there is nothing special about the English weather C.the English weather attracts people to the British Isles D.English people talk about the weather for its uncertainty ‎4.What is the author’s main purpose of writing the passage?‎ A.To explain what English weather-speak is about.‎ B.To analyse misconceptions about the English weather.‎ C.To find fault with both Bill Bryson and Jeremy Paxman.‎ D.To convince people that the English weather is changeable.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.A Passage 84(2014安徽,B)‎ Recordings of angry bees are enough to send big,tough African elephants running away,a new study says.Beehives(蜂窝)—either recorded or real—may even prevent elephants from damaging farmers’ crops.‎ In 2002,scientist Lucy King and her team found that elephants avoid certain trees with bees living in them.Today,Lucy wants to see if African honeybees might discourage ‎ elephants from eating crops.But before she asked farmers to go to the trouble of setting up beehives on their farms,she needed to find out if the bees would scare elephants away.‎ Lucy found a wild beehive inside a tree in northern Kenya and set up a recorder.Then she threw a stone into the beehive,which burst into life.Lucy and her assistant hid in their car until the angry bees had calmed down.Next,Lucy searched out elephant families in Samburu National Reserve in northern Kenya and put a speaker in a tree close to each family.‎ From a distance,Lucy switched on the pre-recorded sound of angry bees while at the same time recording the elephants with a video camera.Half the elephant groups left the area within ten seconds.Out of a total of 17 groups,only one group ignored the sound of the angry bees.Lucy reported that all the young elephants immediately ran to their mothers to hide under them.When Lucy played the sound of a waterfall(瀑布)instead of the angry bees to many of the same elephant families,the animals were undisturbed.Even after four minutes,most of the groups stayed in one place.‎ Lucy is now studying whether the elephants will continue to avoid the sound of angry bees after hearing it several times.She hasn’t tested enough groups yet to know,but her initial(最初的)results were promising enough to begin trials with farmers.She has now begun placing speakers in the fields to see if elephants are frightened away.‎ ‎1.We know from the passage that elephants may be frightened of　　　. ‎ A.loud noises　　　B.some crops C.video cameras　　　D.angry bees ‎2.As mentioned in the passage, Lucy　　　. ‎ A.works by herself in Africa B.needs to test more elephant groups C.has stopped elephants eating crops D.has got farmers to set up beehives on their farms ‎3.Why did Lucy throw a stone into a wild beehive?‎ A.To record the sound of bees.‎ B.To make a video of elephants.‎ C.To see if elephants would run away.‎ D.To find out more about the behavior of bees.‎ ‎4.Which of the following is true according to the passage?‎ A.Young elephants ignore African honeybees.‎ B.Waterfalls can make elephants stay in one place.‎ C.Elephants do not go near trees with bees living in them.‎ D.Farmers do not allow Lucy to conduct tests in their fields.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.A ‎4.C Passage 85(2014安徽,D)‎ Should we allow modern buildings to be built next to older buildings in a historic area of a city?In order to answer this question,we must first examine whether people really want to preserve the historic feel of an area.Not all historical buildings are attractive.However,there may be other reasons—for example,economic(经济的)reasons—why they should be preserved.So,let us assume that historical buildings are both attractive and important to the majority of people.What should we do then if a new building is needed?‎ In my view,new architectural styles can exist perfectly well alongside an older style.Indeed,there are many examples in my own home town of Tours where modern designs have been placed very successfully next to old buildings.As long as the building in question is pleasing and does not dominate(影响)its surroundings too much,it often improves the attractiveness of the area.‎ It is true that there are examples of new buildings which have spoilt(破坏)the area they are in,but the same can be said of some old buildings too.Yet people still speak against new buildings in historic areas.I think this is simply because people are naturally conservative(保守的)and do not like change.‎ Although we have to respect people’s feelings as fellow users of the buildings,I believe that it is the duty of the architect and planner to move things forward.If we always reproduced what was there before,we would all still be living in caves.Thus,I would argue against copying previous architectural styles and choose something fresh and different,even though that might be the more risky choice. ‎ ‎1.What does the author say about historical buildings in the first paragraph?‎ A.Some of them are not attractive.‎ B.Most of them are too expensive to preserve.‎ C.They are more pleasing than modern buildings.‎ D.They have nothing to do with the historic feel of an area.‎ ‎2.Which of the following is true according to the author?‎ A.We should reproduce the same old buildings.‎ B.Buildings should not dominate their surroundings.‎ C.Some old buildings have spoilt the area they are in.‎ D.No one understands why people speak against new buildings.‎ ‎3.By“move things forward”in the last paragraph, the author probably means“　　　.” ‎ A.destroy old buildings B.put things in a different place C.choose new architectural styles D.respect people’s feelings for historical buildings ‎4.What is the main purpose of the passage?‎ A.To explain why people dislike change.‎ B.To warn that we could end up living in caves.‎ C.To admit how new buildings have ruined their surroundings.‎ D.To argue that modern buildings can be built in historic areas.‎ 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.C ‎3.C ‎4.D Passage 86(2014安徽,E)‎ You may not have heard of Ashoka,but for the past 27 years,this association,founded by Bill Drayton,has fought poverty(贫困)and sickness,promoted education and encouraged small businesses.To support these worthy causes,Ashoka provides money for the world’s most promising“changemakers”seeking to solve(解决)urgent problems and would like to create a world in which every citizen is a changemaker.‎ Drayton believes that anyone can become an agent for change.The important thing is to simply give yourself permission.If you see a problem that you care about,you can help solve it.The young in particular are willing to accept this concept because at heart every child wants to grow into a happy,healthy,contributing adult.In fact,it is many young people’s ambition to set up programmes or businesses that improve social conditions.An excellent example is an Ashoka project started in 1995 in Dhaka,which handled the rubbish problem facing the city,helped local farmers and provided an income for poor people there.‎ When Masqsood and Iftekhar began to study the problem of all the uncollected rubbish that lay in Dhaka’s streets,attracting rats and disease,they discovered that 80% of it was natural waste.So they educated the poor people in the city to compost(把……制成堆肥)this waste.They knew that they would have a market for the end product because local farmers were struggling with chemical fertilisers(化肥)which were ‎ expensive and had reduced the natural minerals in the soil over the years.At first,they were refused,but once they were able to persuade them that there was money to be made,the project took off.In 2009 sales were $14,000.‎ Drayton is optimistic that in ten years Ashoka will be making really serious,practical progress in bringing about social change by changing the way we look at economic development.‎ ‎1.Which of the following could be the best title for the passage?‎ A.Changemakers　　　B.Businessmen C.Social Conditions　　　D.Rubbish Problem ‎2.The underlined word“them”in Paragraph 3 probably refers to“　　　.” ‎ A.the local farmers　　　B.Masqsood and Iftekhar C.Drayton and his team　　　D.the poor people in Dhaka ‎3.It can be concluded from the passage that anyone can become a changemaker if he　　　. ‎ A.considers Drayton’s concept B.gets permission from Ashoka C.tries to improve social conditions D.is a young,happy and healthy adult ‎4.The author’s attitude towards Ashoka’s program can be described as　　　.  ‎ A.changing　　　　　B.forgiving　　　　　C.cautious　　　　　D.positive 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.C ‎4.D Passage 87(2014北京,A)‎ Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium(水族馆)‎ The all-new Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium,situated in the heart of Melbourne’s CBD,is one of Victoria’s leading visitor attractions and an unforgettable outing for the whole family.Having 12 amazing zones of discovery,Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium is the very place that you cannot miss when you visit the city.‎ ‎◆Opening Times Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium is open from 9:30 am until 6:00 pm every day of the year,including public holidays.Last admission is at 5:00 pm,one hour before closing.‎ ‎◆Location(位置)‎ Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium is located on the corner of Flinders Street and King Street,Melbourne.It is situated on the Yarra River,opposite Crown Entertainment Complex.‎ ‎◆Getting to Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium Train Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium is a short walk from either Flinders or Southern Cross train stations.‎ Tram(有轨电车)‎ The Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium tram stop is located on the free City Circle Tram route(公交线路)and also routes 70 and 75.City Circle trams run every 10 minutes in both directions.‎ Shuttle Bus The Melbourne City Tourist Shuttle is a free bus service,stopping at key tourist attractions in and around the City.Running daily,every 15 minutes from 10:00 am to 4:00 pm.‎ ‎◆Car Parking While there is no public car parking at Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium,there are several public car parking lots available only a short walk away.‎ ‎◆Wheelchair Access Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium provides people in wheelchairs with full access to all 12 zones.Each floor also has wheelchair accessible toilets.‎ ‎◆Terms Tickets will be emailed to you immediately after purchase or you can download and print your ticket once payment has been accepted.Please print out all tickets purchased and present at the front entrance of Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium.No ticket,no entry!‎ ‎1.Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium　　　. ‎ A.is located at the center of the CBD in the city B.has 12 most attractive places in Melbourne C.admits visitors from 9:30 am until 6:00 pm D.is beside Crown Entertainment Complex ‎2.Getting to Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium, visitors can take　　　. ‎ A.trains from Southern Cross train station B.shuttle buses around the train station C.boats across the Yarra River D.either tram route 70 or 75‎ ‎3.Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium offers visitors　　　. ‎ A.free car parking　　　B.wheelchair access C.Internet connection　　　D.transportation service ‎4.Tickets to Sea Life Melbourne Aquarium　　　. ‎ A.are free to all visitors B.can be purchased by email C.are checked at the entrance D.can be printed at the ticket office 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 88(2014北京,B)‎ The Brown Bear My wife Laura and I were on the beach,with three of our children,taking pictures of shore birds near our home in Alaska when we spotted a bear.The bear was thin and small,moving aimlessly.‎ Just a few minutes later,I heard my daughter shouting,“Dad!The bear is right behind us!”An aggressive bear will usually rush forward to frighten away its enemy but would suddenly stop at the last minute.This one was silent and its ears pinned back—the sign(迹象)of an animal that is going in for the kill.And it was a cold April day.The bear behaved abnormally,probably because of hunger.‎ I held my camera tripod(三脚架)in both hands to form a barrier as the bear rushed into me.Its huge head was level with my chest and shoulders,and the tripod stuck across its mouth.It bit down and I found myself supporting its weight.I knew I would not be able to hold it for long.‎ Even so,this was a fight I had to win:I was all that stood between the bear and my family,who would stand little chance of running faster than a brown bear.‎ The bear hit at the camera,cutting it off the tripod.I raised my left arm to protect my face;the beast held tightly on the tripod and pressed it into my side.My arm could not move,and I sensed that my bones were going to break.‎ Drawing back my free hand,I struck the bear as hard as I could for five or six times.The bear opened its mouth and I grasped its fur,trying to push it away.I was actually wrestling(扭打)with the bear at this point.Then,as suddenly as it had ‎ begun,the fight ended.The bear moved back towards the forest,before returning for another attack—the first time I felt panic.‎ Apparently satisfied that we caused no further threat,the bear moved off,destroying a fence as it went.My arm was injured,but the outcome for us could hardly have been better.I’m proud that my family remained clear-headed when panic could have led to a very different outcome.‎ ‎1.The brown bear approached the family in order to　　　. ‎ A.catch shore birds　　　B.start an attack C.protect the children　　　D.set up a barrier for itself ‎2.The bear finally went away after it　　　. ‎ A.felt safe　　　B.got injured C.found some food　　　D.took away the camera ‎3.The writer and his family survived mainly due to their　　　. ‎ A.pride　　　B.patience C.calmness　　　D.cautiousness 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.A ‎3.C Passage 89(2014北京,C)‎ Choosing the Right Resolution(决定)‎ Millions of Americans began 2014 with the same resolution they started 2013 with,a goal of losing weight.However,setting weight loss as a goal is a mistake.‎ To reach our goal of losing weight—the output,we need to control what we eat—the input(输入).That is,we tend to care about the output but not to control the input.This is a bad way to construct goals.The alternative is to focus your resolution on the ‎ input.Instead of resolving to lose weight,try an actionable resolution:“I’ll stop having dessert for lunch,”or “I’ll walk every day for 20 minutes.”Creating a goal that focuses on a well-specified input will likely be more effective than concentrating on the outcome.‎ Recently a new science behind incentives(激励),including in education,has been discussed.For example,researcher Roland Fryer wanted to see what works best in motivating children to do better in school.In some cases,he gave students incentives based on input,like reading certain books,while in others,the incentives were based on output,like results on exams.His main finding was that incentives increased achievement when based on input but had no effect when based on output.Fryer’s conclusion was that the incentives for inputs might be more effective because students do not know how to do better on an exam,aside from general rules like “study harder”.Reading certain books,on the other hand,is a well-set task over which they have much more control.‎ As long as you have direct control over your goal,you have a much higher chance of success.And it’s easier to start again if you fail,because you know exactly what you need to do.‎ If you want to cut down on your spending,a good goal would be making morning coffee at home instead of going to a café,for example.This is a well-specified action-based goal for which you can measure your success easily.Spending less money isn’t a goal because it’s too general.Similarly,if you want to spend more time with your family,don’t stop with this general wish.Think about an actionable habit that you could adopt and stick to,like a family movie night every Wednesday.‎ In the long run,these new goals could become a habit.‎ ‎1.The writer thinks that setting weight loss as a goal is a mistake because　　　. ‎ A.it is hard to achieve for most Americans B.it is focused too much on the result C.it is dependent on too many things D.it is based on actionable decisions ‎2.In Roland Fryer’s research, some students did better than the others because　　　. ‎ A.they obeyed all the general rules B.they paid more attention to exams C.they were motivated by their classmates D.they were rewarded for reading some books ‎3.According to the writer, which of the following statements is a good goal?‎ A.“I’ll give up dessert.”‎ B.“I’ll study harder.”‎ C.“I’ll cut down my expenses.”‎ D.“I’ll spend more time with my family.”‎ ‎4.The writer strongly believes that we should　　　. ‎ A.develop good habits and focus on the outcome B.be optimistic about final goals and stick to them C.pick specific actions that can be turned into good habits D.set ambitious goals that can balance the input and output 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.A ‎4.C Passage 90(2014福建,D)‎ Perhaps you think you could easily add to your happiness with more money.Strange as it may seem,if you’re unsatisfied,the issue is not a lack of means to meet your desires but a lack of desires—not that you cannot satisfy your tastes but that you don’t have enough tastes.‎ Real riches consist of well-developed and hearty capacities(能力)to enjoy life.Most people are already swamped(淹没)with things.They eat,wear,go and talk too ‎ much.They live in too big a house with too many rooms,yet their house of life is a hut. ‎ Your house of life ought to be a mansion(豪宅),a royal palace.Every new taste,every additional interest,every fresh enthusiasm adds a room.Here are several rooms your house of life should have.‎ Art should be a desire for you to develop simply because the world is full of beautiful things.If you only understood how to enjoy them and feed your spirit on them,they would make you as happy as to find plenty of ham and eggs when you’re hungry.‎ Literature,classic literature,is a beautiful,richly furnished room where you might find many an hour of rest and refreshment.To gain that love would go toward making you a rich person,for a rich person is not someone who has a library but who likes a library.‎ Music like Mozart’s and Bach’s shouldn’t be absent.Real riches are of the spirit.And when you’ve brought that spirit up to where classical music feeds it and makes you a little drunk,you have increased your thrills and bettered them.And life is a matter of thrills.‎ Sports,without which you remain poor,mean a lot in life.No matter who you are,you would be more human,and your house of life would be better supported against the bad days,if you could,and did,play a bit.‎ Whatever rooms you might add to your house of life,the secret of enjoying life is to keep adding.‎ ‎1.The author intends to tell us that　　　. ‎ A.true happiness lies in achieving wealth by fair means B.big houses are people’s most valued possessions C.big houses can in a sense bring richness of life D.true happiness comes from spiritual riches ‎2.The underlined sentence in the second paragraph probably implies that　　　. ‎ A.however materially rich,they never seem to be satisfied B.however materially rich,they remain spiritually poor C.though their house is big,they prefer a simple life D.though their house is big,it seems to be a cage ‎3.It can be learned from the passage that　　　. ‎ A.more money brings more happiness B.art is needed to make your house beautiful C.literature can enrich your spiritual life D.sports contribute mainly to your physical fitness ‎4.What would be the best title for the passage?‎ A.House of Life　　　B.Secret of Wealth C.Rest and Refreshment　　　D.Interest and Enthusiasm 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.C ‎4.A Passage 91(2014湖北,A)‎ Before I had my son,I spent two years working with children with disabilities.I learned that shouting and threats of punishment would result in a disaster.Coming up against their behaviour could only make the job harder and their behaviour more extreme.I found something that worked,though.‎ There was a very naughty boy in the nursery and a teacher who was generally very confident with the children was asked to take charge of him.One day the boy joined a session in the room next to mine.His appearance created an atmosphere of tension.He spent the entire session running around,hitting and kicking,and destroying property.‎ I was in the craft room working with some other children when my co-worker told me that this boy’s teacher was in tears,and could not get control of the situation.As we were talking,the boy ran in.I told my co-worker that I would take care of him.‎ I closed the door.He was full of energy,throwing things around and making a huge mess.But I could see that he was doing all these to annoy me.He needed connection,and this was the only way he knew how to ask for it.So I sat back down and kept quiet.Then he slowed down and began making a rocket.I talked to him about it.We continued like this for a few minutes before I slipped into the conversation:‎ ‎“So what happened today?”‎ It was purely a question,no blame or anger in my tone.I believe that if I had criticized him,the gate that was slowly opening would have shut firmly closed.He told me that the teacher didn’t let him do what he knew well due to safety but asked him to do what he disliked.He also admitted that he had enjoyed making her run around and saw it as a game.I explained that his teacher had not seen it as a game and was very upset.This again was stated simply as a fact.I suggested that next time he had a session,he talk about what he hoped to do at the start,which might be easier for everyone.He agreed and was quiet for a moment.Then he looked at me with tears in his eyes before quietly asking if he could go to find his teacher to apologize.‎ ‎1.The boy made trouble for his teacher because he　　　. ‎ A.was blamed for creating an air of tension B.was made to do things against his will C.was told not to yell at other children D.was accused of destroying property ‎2.Why didn’t the author do anything about the boy’s bad behavior at first?‎ A.She hadn’t thought of a coping strategy.‎ B.She was tired of shouting and threats.‎ C.She didn’t mind the huge mess at all.‎ D.She didn’t want to make it worse.‎ ‎3.The author managed to get the boy to talk to her by　　　. ‎ A.avoiding making critical remarks B.describing his teacher’s feelings C.giving him a good suggestion D.playing games with him ‎4.Why did the boy have tears in his eyes in the end?‎ A.He was sad for the author’s misunderstanding.‎ B.He was fearful of the author’s warning.‎ C.He was regretful about his behavior.‎ D.He was sorry about his reputation.‎ 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.D ‎3.A ‎4.C Passage 92(2014湖北,C)‎ Working with a group of baboons(狒狒)in the Namibian desert,Dr.Alecia Carter of the Department of Zoology,Cambridge University set baboons learning tasks involving a novel food and a familiar food hidden in a box.Some baboons were given the chance to watch another baboon who already knew how to solve the task,while others had to learn for themselves.To work out how brave or anxious the baboons were,Dr.Carter presented them either with a novel food or a threat in the form of a model of a poisonous snake.‎ She found that personality had a major impact on learning.The braver baboons learnt,but the shy ones did not learn the task although they watched the baboon perform the task of finding the novel food just as long as the brave ones did.In effect,despite being made aware of what to do,they were still too shy to do what the experienced baboon did.‎ The same held true for anxious baboons compared with calm ones.The anxious individuals learnt the task by observing others while those who were relaxed did not,even though they spent more time watching.‎ This mismatch between collecting social information and using it shows that personality plays a key role in social learning in animals,something that has previously been ignored in studies on how animals learn to do things.The findings are significant because they suggest that animals may perform poorly in cognitive(认知的)tasks not because they aren’t clever enough to solve them,but because they are too shy or nervous to use the social information.‎ The findings may impact how we understand the formation of culture in societies through social learning.If some individuals are unable to get information from others because they don’t associate with the knowledgeable individuals,or they are too shy to use the information once they have it,information may not travel between all group members,preventing the formation of a culture based on social learning.‎ ‎1.What is the first paragraph mainly about?‎ A.The significance of Dr.Carter’s research.‎ B.The purpose of Dr.Carter’s research.‎ C.The design of Dr.Carter’s research.‎ D.The results of Dr.Carter’s research.‎ ‎2.According to the research, which baboons are more likely to complete a new learning task?‎ A.Those that feel anxious about learning.‎ B.Those that like to work independently.‎ C.Those that can avoid potential risks.‎ D.Those that have more experience.‎ ‎3.Which best illustrates the “mismatch” mentioned in Paragraph 4?‎ A.Some baboons perform new tasks but don’t concentrate.‎ B.Some baboons observe others but don’t follow them.‎ C.Some baboons are shy but active in social activities.‎ D.Some baboons are intelligent but slow in learning.‎ ‎4.Dr. Carter’s findings indicate that our culture might be formed through　　　. ‎ A.travelling between social groups B.understanding different people C.learning from each other D.storing information 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.A ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 93(2014江苏,B)‎ However wealthy we may be,we can never find enough hours in the day to do everything we want.Economics deals with this problem through the concept of opportunity cost,which simply refers to whether someone’s time or money could be better spent on something else.‎ Every hour of our time has a value.For every hour we work at one job we could quite easily be doing another,or be sleeping or watching a film.Each of these options has a different opportunity cost—namely,what they cost us in missed opportunities.‎ Say you intend to watch a football match but the tickets are expensive and it will take you a couple of hours to get to and from the stadium.Why not,you might reason,watch the game from home and use the leftover money and time to have dinner with friends?This—the alternative use of your cash and time—is the opportunity cost.‎ For economists,every decision is made by knowledge of what one must forgo—in terms of money and enjoyment—in order to take it up.By knowing precisely what you are receiving and what you are missing out on,you ought to be able to make better-informed,more reasonable decisions.Consider that most famous economic rule of all:there’s no such thing as a free lunch.Even if someone offers to take you out to lunch for free,the time you will spend in the restaurant still costs you something in terms of forgone opportunities.‎ Some people find the idea of opportunity cost extremely discouraging:imagine spending your entire life calculating whether your time would be better spent elsewhere doing something more profitable or enjoyable.Yet,in a sense it’s human nature to do precisely that—we assess the advantages and disadvantages of decisions all the time.‎ In the business world,a popular phrase is “value for money.”People want their cash to go as far as possible.However,another is fast obtaining an advantage:“value for time.”The biggest restriction on our resources is the number of hours we can devote to something,so we look to maximize the return we get on our investment of time.By reading this passage you are giving over a bit of your time which could be spent doing other activities,such as sleeping and eating.In return,however,this passage will help you to think like an economist,closely considering the opportunity cost of each of your decisions.‎ ‎1.According to the passage, the concept of “opportunity cost” is applied to　　　. ‎ A.making more money B.taking more opportunities C.reducing missed opportunities D.weighing the choice of opportunities ‎2.The “leftover...time” in Paragraph 3 probably refers to the time　　　. ‎ A.spared for watching the match at home B.taken to have dinner with friends C.spent on the way to and from the match D.saved from not going to watch the match ‎3.What are forgone opportunities?‎ A.Opportunities you forget in decision-making.‎ B.Opportunities you give up for better ones.‎ C.Opportunities you miss accidentally.‎ D.Opportunities you make up for.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.C ‎3.B Passage 94(2014江苏,C)‎ Most damagingly,anger weakens a person’s ability to think clearly and keep control over his behaviour.The angry person loses objectivity in evaluating the emotional significance of the person or situation that arouses his anger.‎ Not everyone experience anger in the same way;what angers one person may amuse another.The specific expression of anger also differs from person to person based on biological and cultural forces.In contemporary culture,physical expressions of anger are generally considered too socially harmful to be tolerated.We no longer regard duels(决斗)as an appropriate expression of anger resulting from one person’s awareness of insulting behaviour on the part of another.‎ Anger can be identified in the brain,where the electrical activity changes.Under most conditions,EEG(脑电图)measures of electrical activity show balanced activity between the right and left prefrontal(额叶前部)areas.Behaviourally this corresponds to the general even-handed disposition(意向)that most of us possess most of the time.But when we are angry the EEG of the right and left prefrontal areas aren’t balanced and,as a result of this,we’re likely to react.And our behavioural response to anger is different from our response to other emotions,whether positive or negative.‎ Most positive emotions are associated with approach behaviour:we move closer to people we like.Most negative emotions,in contrast,are associated with avoidance behaviour:we move away from people and things that we dislike or that make us anxious.But anger is an exception to this pattern.The angrier we are,the more likely we are to move towards the object of our anger.This corresponds to what psychologists refer to as offensive anger:the angry person moves closer in order to influence and control the person or situation causing his anger.This approach-and-confront behaviour is accompanied by a leftward prefrontal asymmetry(不对称)of EEG activity.Interestingly,this asymmetry lessens if the angry person can experience empathy(同感)towards the individual who is bringing forth the ‎ angry response.In defensive anger,in contrast,the EEG asymmetry is directed to the right and the angry person feels helpless in the face of the anger-inspiring situation.‎ ‎1.The “duels” example in Paragraph 2 proves that the expression of anger　　　. ‎ A.usually has a biological basis B.varies among people C.is socially and culturally shaped D.influences one’s thinking and evaluation ‎2.What changes can be found in an angry brain?‎ A.Balanced electrical activity can be spotted.‎ B.Unbalanced patterns are found in prefrontal areas.‎ C.Electrical activity corresponds to one’s behaviour.‎ D.Electrical activity agrees with one’s disposition.‎ ‎3.Which of the following is typical of offensive anger?‎ A.Approaching the source of anger.‎ B.Trying to control what is disliked.‎ C.Moving away from what is disliked.‎ D.Feeling helpless in the face of anger.‎ ‎4.What is the key message of the last paragraph?‎ A.How anger differs from other emotions.‎ B.How anger relates to other emotions.‎ C.Behavioural responses to anger.‎ D.Behavioural patterns of anger.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.B ‎3.A ‎4.D Passage 95(2014江苏,D)‎ August 1990,Boston Dear Maya Shao-ming,‎ To me,June 6,1990 is a special day.My long-awaited dream came true the minute your father cried,“A girl!” You are more than just a second child,more than just a girl to match our boy.You,little daughter,are the link to our female line,the legacy of another woman’s pain and sacrifice 31 years ago.‎ Let me tell you about your Chinese grandmother.Somewhere in Hong Kong,in the late fifties,a young waitress found herself pregnant(怀孕)by a cook,probably a co-worker at her restaurant.She carried the baby to term,suffered to give it birth,and kept the little girl for the first three months of her life.I like to think that my mother—your grandmother—loved me and fought to raise me on her own,but that the daily struggle was too hard.Worn down by the demands of the new baby and perhaps the constant threat of starvation,she made the painful decision to give away her girl so that both of us might have a chance for a better life.‎ More likely,I was dropped at the orphanage(孤儿院)steps or somewhere else.I will probably never know the truth.Having a baby in her unmarried state would have brought shame on the family in China,so she probably kept my existence a secret.Once I was out of her life,it was as if I had never been born.And so you and your brother and I are the missing leaves on a family tree.Do they ever wonder if we exist?‎ Before I was two,I was adopted by an Anglo couple.Fed three square meals a day,I grew like a wild weed and grasped all the opportunities they had to offer—books,music,education,church life and community activities.In a family of blue-eyed blonds,though,I stood out like a sore thumb.Whether from jealousy or fear of someone who looked so different,my older brothers sometimes teased me about my unpleasing skin,or made fun of myclumsy walk.Moody and impatient,burdened by fears that none of us realized resulted from my early years of need,I was ‎ ‎ not an easy child to love.My mother and I conflicted countless times over the years,but gradually came to see one another as real human beings with faults and talents,and as women of strength in our own right.Lacking a mirror image in the mother who raised me,I had to seek my identity as a woman on my own.The Asian American community has helped me regain my double identity.‎ But part of me will always be missing:my beginnings,my personal history,all the delicate details that give a person her origin.Nevertheless,someone gave me a lucky name“Siu Wai”.“Siu”means“little”,and“Wai”means“clever”.Therefore,my baby name was“Clever little one.”Who chose those words?Who cared enough to note my arrival in the world?‎ I lost my Chinese name for 18 years.It was Americanized for convenience to“Sue”.But like an ill-fitting coat,it made me uncomfortable.I hated the name.But even more,I hated being Chinese.It took many years to become proud of my Asian origin and work up the courage to take back my birth-name.That,plus a little knowledge of classroom Cantonese is all the Chinese culture I have to offer you.Not white,certainly,but not really Asian,I try to pave the way between the two worlds and bridge the gap for you.Your name,“Shao-ming”,is very much like mine—“Shao”means“little”.And“ming”is“bright”,as in a shining sun or moon.Whose lives will you brighten,little Maya?Your past is more complete than mine,and each day I cradle you in your babyhood,generously giving you the loving care I lacked for my first two years.When I pat you,I comfort the lost baby inside me who still cries for her mother. ‎ Sweet Maya,it doesn’t matter what you“become”later on.You have already fulfilled my wildest dreams.‎ I love you.‎ Mommy ‎1.Why is June 6,1990 a special day for Mommy?‎ A.Her dream of being a mother came true.‎ B.She found her origin from her Chinese mother.‎ C.She wrote the letter to her daughter.‎ D.Her female line was well linked.‎ ‎2.How does Mommy feel about her being given away?‎ A.It is bitter and disappointing.‎ B.It is painful but understandable.‎ C.She feels sorry but sympathetic.‎ D.She feels hurt and angry.‎ ‎3.What does“I stood out like a sore thumb”in Paragraph 5 mean?‎ A.I walked clumsily out of pains.‎ B.I was not easy to love due to jealousy.‎ C.I was impatient out of fear.‎ D.I looked different from others.‎ ‎4.What can be inferred from Mommy’s Anglo family life?‎ A.She used to experience an identity crisis.‎ B.She fought against her American identity.‎ C.She forgot the pains of her early years.‎ D.She kept her love for Asia from childhood.‎ ‎5.Why did Mommy name her daughter“Shao-ming”?‎ A.To match her own birth-name.‎ B.To brighten the lives of the family.‎ C.To identify her with Chinese origin.‎ D.To justify her pride in Chinese culture.‎ ‎6.By“Your past is more complete than mine,”Mommy means　　　. ‎ A.her past was completed earlier than Shao-ming’s B.Shao-ming has got motherly care and a sense of roots C.her mother didn’t comfort her the way she did Shao-ming D.her past was spent brokenly,first in Asia,then in the US 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.A ‎5.C ‎6.B Passage 96(2014课标Ⅰ,C)‎ A typical lion tamer(驯兽师)in people’s mind is an entertainer holding a whip(鞭)and a chair.The whip gets all of the attention,but it’s mostly for show.In reality,it’s the chair that does the important work.When a lion tamer holds a chair in front of the lion’s face,the lion tries to focus on all four legs of the chair at the same time.With its focus divided,the lion becomes confused and is unsure about what to do next.When faced with so many options,the lion chooses to freeze and wait instead of attacking the man holding the chair.‎ How often do you find yourself in the same position as the lion?How often do you have something you want to achieve(e.g.lose weight,start a business,travel more)—only to end up confused by all of the options in front of you and never make progress?‎ This upsets me to no end because while all the experts are busy debating about which option is best,the people who want to improve their lives are left confused by all of the conflicting information.The end result is that we feel like we can’t focus or that we’re focused on the wrong things,and so we take less action,make less progress,and stay the same when we could be improving.‎ It doesn’t have to be that way.Anytime you find the world waving a chair in your face,remember this:All you need to do is focus on one thing.You just need to get started.Starting before you feel ready is one of the habits of successful people.If you have somewhere you want to go,something you want to accomplish,someone you want to become...take immediate action.If you’re clear about where you want to go,the rest of the world will either help you get there or get out of the way.‎ ‎1.Why does the lion tamer use a chair?‎ A.To trick the lion.　　　B.To show off his skills.‎ C.To get ready for a fight.　　　D.To entertain the audience.‎ ‎2.In what sense are people similar to a lion facing a chair?‎ A.They feel puzzled over choices.‎ B.They hold on to the wrong things.‎ C.They find it hard to make changes.‎ D.They have to do something for show.‎ ‎3.What is the author’s attitude towards the experts mentioned in Paragraph 3?‎ A.Tolerant.　　　　　B.Doubtful.　　　　　C.Respectful.　　　　　D.Supportive.‎ ‎4.When the world is “waving a chair in your face”, you’re advised to 　　　. ‎ A.wait for a better chance　　　B.break your old habits C.make a quick decision　　　D.ask for clear guidance 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.A ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 97(2014辽宁,A)‎ A new study shows students who write notes by hand during lectures perform better on exams than those who use laptops(笔记本电脑).‎ Students are increasingly using laptops for note-taking because of speed and legibility(清晰度).But the research has found laptop users are less able to remember and apply the concepts they have been taught.‎ Researchers performed experiments that aimed to find out whether using a laptop increased the tendency to make notes “mindlessly” by taking down word for word what the professors said.‎ In the first experiment,students were given either a laptop or pen and paper.They listened to the same lectures and were told to use their usual note-taking skills.Thirty minutes after the talk,they were examined on their ability to remember facts and on how well they understood concepts.‎ The researchers found that laptop users took twice as many notes as those who wrote by hand.However,the typists performed worse at remembering and applying the concepts.Both groups scored similarly when it came to memorizing facts.‎ The researchers’ report said,“While more notes are beneficial,if the notes are taken mindlessly,as is more likely the case on a laptop,the benefit disappears.” ‎ In another experiment aimed at testing long-term memory,students took notes as before but were tested a week after the lecture.This time,the students who wrote notes by hand performed significantly better on the exam.‎ These two experiments suggest that handwritten notes are not only better for immediate learning and understanding,but that they also lead to superior revision in the future.‎ ‎1.More and more students favor laptops for note-taking because they can　　　. ‎ A.write more notes　　　B.digest concepts better C.get higher scores　　　D.understand lectures better ‎2.While taking notes, laptop users tend to be　　　. ‎ A.skillful　　　B.mindless C.thoughtful　　　D.tireless ‎3.The author of the passage aims to　　　. ‎ A.examine the importance of long-term memory B.stress the benefit of taking notes by hand C.explain the process of taking notes D.promote the use of laptops ‎4.The passage is likely to appear in　　　. ‎ A.a newspaper advertisement　　　B.a computer textbook C.a science magazine　　　D.a finance report 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.B ‎3.B ‎4.C Passage 98(2014大纲全国,E)‎ Which boy hasn’t dreamed of being a cool secret agent(特工)?The wonderful fighting abilities and the world-saving adventures are much more colourful than most people’s everyday lives.Well,Cody Banks is just like any other boy,except that he is not just dreaming.He has a big secret his friends never know about.He was trained to be a spy(间谍)by a special CIA programme,which was made to look like a summer camp.He learned high-speed driving,hand-to-hand fighting and the use of high-tech tools.‎ After proving he could become a young hero by saving a baby from a runaway car,Banks gets his first real task.He must make friends with a popular girl at school,Natalie Connors.Then,he must spy on her father,a scientist who has developed a dangerous technology(技术).Banks must stop a group of bad people from forcing Natalie’s father into using the technology to endanger the world.‎ The CIA may have taught him first-class self-defence moves,but they didn’t show him how to talk to girls.Banks has zero ability when it comes to dealing with girls.How can he get around his problem and get an invitation to the girl’s upcoming birthday party?Will he finally become Natalie’s boyfriend and find out whatever he can about her father’s work?‎ Agent Cody Banks has everything that young people are interested in:big explosions,breath-taking performances and funny girl-dating experiences.It was listed No.2 in the American box office last week.‎ ‎“This story is interesting and fun for the whole family to enjoy,and especially cool for young boys,”said Paul Perkins,a film reviewer in the US.‎ ‎1.What is Banks’ first real task?‎ A.To test a high-tech tool.　　　B.To save a baby from a car.‎ C.To study a new technology.　　　D.To watch a scientist secretly.‎ ‎2.Banks wanted to go to Natalie’s birthday party to　　　. ‎ A.meet her father　　　B.know more people C.make friends with her　　　D.steal some information ‎3.What is considered as a great danger in the text?‎ A.The technology developed by Natalie’s father.‎ B.An explosion set off by some bad people.‎ C.The CIA’s training of boys for its tasks.‎ D.Secret agents’ spying on scientists.‎ ‎4.What is the purpose of the text?‎ A.Making known the work of the CIA.‎ B.Telling the story about a cool boy.‎ C.Showing the dark side of science.‎ D.Introducing a new film.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.D Passage 99(2014山东,B)‎ It was one of those terribly hot days in Baltimore.Needless to say,it was too hot to do anything outside.But it was also scorching in our apartment.This was 1962,and I would not live in a place with an air conditioner for another ten years.So my brother and I decided to leave the apartment to find someplace indoors.He suggested we could see a movie.It was a brilliant plan.‎ Movie theaters were one of the few places you could sit all day and—most important—sit in air conditioning.In those days,you could buy one ticket and sit through two movies.Then,the theater would show the same two movies again.If you wanted to,you could sit through them twice.Most people did not do that,but the manager at our theater,Mr.Bellow,did not mind if you did.‎ That particular day,my brother and I sat through both movies twice,trying to escape the heat.We bought three bags of popcorn and three sodas each.Then,we sat and watched The Music Man followed by The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance.We’d already seen the second movie once before.It had been at the theater since January,because Mr.Bellow loved anything with John Wayne in it.‎ We left the theater around 8,just before the evening shows began.But we returned the next day and saw the same two movies again,twice more.And we did it the next day too.Finally,on the fourth day,the heat wave broke.‎ Still,to this day I can sing half the songs in The Music Man and recite half of John Wayne and Jimmy Stewart’s dialogue from The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance!Those memories are some of the few I have of the heat wave of 1962.They’re really memories of the screen,not memories of my life.‎ ‎1.In which year did the author first live in a place with an air conditioner?‎ A.1952.　　　　　B.1962.　　　　　C.1972.　　　　　D.1982.‎ ‎2.What does the underlined word “It” in Paragraph 3 refer to?‎ A.The heat.‎ B.The theater.‎ C.The Music Man.‎ D.The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance.‎ ‎3.What do we know about Mr.Bellow?‎ A.He loved children very much.‎ B.He was a fan of John Wayne.‎ C.He sold air conditioners.‎ D.He was a movie star.‎ ‎4.Why did the author and his/her brother see the same movies several times?‎ A.The two movies were really wonderful.‎ B.They wanted to avoid the heat outside.‎ C.The manager of the theater was friendly.‎ D.They liked the popcorn and the soda at the theater.‎ ‎5.What can we learn from the last paragraph?‎ A.The author turned out to be a great singer.‎ B.The author enjoyed the heat wave of 1962.‎ C.The author’s life has been changed by the two movies.‎ D.The author considers the experience at the theater unforgettable.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.B ‎5.D Passage 100(2014陕西,C)‎ Why do Americans struggle with watching their weight,while the French,who consume rich food,continue to stay thin?Now a research by Cornell University suggests how lifestyle and decisions about eating may affect weight.Researchers ‎ conclude that the French tend to stop eating when they feel full.However,Americans tend to stop when their plate is empty or their favorite TV show is over.‎ According to Dr.Joseph Mercola,a health expert,the French see eating as an important part of their lifestyle.They enjoy food and therefore spend a fairly long time at the table,while Americans see eating as something to be squeezed between the other daily activities.Mercola believes Americans lose the ability to sense when they are actually full.So they keep eating long after the French would have stopped.In addition,he points out that Americans drive to huge supermarkets to buy canned and frozen foods for the week.The French,instead,tend to shop daily,walking to small shops and farmers’ markets where they have a choice of fresh fruits,vegetables,and eggs as well as high-quality meats for each meal.‎ After a visit to the United States,Mireille Guiliano,author of French Women Don’t Get Fat,decided to write about the importance of knowing when to stop rather than suggesting how to avoid food.Today she continues to stay slim and rarely goes to the gym.‎ In spite of all these differences,evidence shows that recent lifestyle changes may be affecting French eating habits.Today the rate of obesity—or extreme overweight—among adults is only 6%.However,as American fast food gains acceptance and the young reject older traditions,the obesity rate among French children has reached 17%—and is growing.‎ ‎1.In what way are the French different from Americans according to Dr.Joseph Mercola?‎ A.They go shopping at supermarkets more frequently.‎ B.They squeeze eating between the other daily activities.‎ C.They regard eating as a key part of their lifestyle.‎ D.They usually eat too much canned and frozen food.‎ ‎2.This text is mainly about the relationship between　　　. ‎ A.Americans and the French　　　B.lifestyle and obesity C.children and adults　　　D.fast food and overweight ‎3.This text is mainly developed　　　. ‎ A.by contrast　　　B.by space C.by process　　　D.by classification ‎4.Where does this text probably come from?‎ A.A TV interview.　　　B.A food advertisement.‎ C.A health report.　　　D.A book review.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.B ‎3.A ‎4.C Passage 101(2014陕西,D)‎ One afternoon last week,I saw three tearful children from my son’s school being comforted by teachers.That morning,my 11-year-old son had stomach pains,retching(干呕)into a bowl.Talking to other mothers later,I heard about other children with stomachache or difficulty sleeping the night before.‎ What caused so much pain?Sports day.Sports day might be necessary at a highly-competitive independent school,but not at a village primary school.For the children who can fly like the wind,sports day causes no problem.For those who are overweight or just not good at sport,it is a nightmare(噩梦).Even for those who enjoy running but fall halfway down the track in front of the entire school and their parents,it can prove a disaster.‎ Why do we put our children through this annual suffering?Some may say competition is character building;or it’s taking part,not winning,that’s important;or that it is a tradition of school life.I just felt great pity for those children in tears or in pain.‎ Team games at the end of sports day produced some close races,wild enthusiasm,lots of shouting—and were fun to watch.More importantly,the children who were not so fast or quick at passing the ball were hidden a little from everyone’s eyes.Some of them also had the thrill of being on the winning side.‎ I wish that sports day could be abandoned and replaced with some other less-competitive event.Perhaps an afternoon of team games,with a few races for those who want them,would be less stressful for the children and a lot more fun to watch.‎ ‎1.What can we learn about the author’s son from Paragraph 1?‎ A.He talked with some mothers.‎ B.He comforted his classmates.‎ C.He had difficulty in sleeping.‎ D.He suffered from stomachache.‎ ‎2.Sports day is still an annual event in this school probably because　　　. ‎ A.this is an independent school B.it is a tradition of the school C.it helps children lose weight D.children enjoy watching sports ‎3.What does the author think about team games?‎ A.They should include more stressful races.‎ B.They are acceptable to different children.‎ C.They should be abandoned at primary schools.‎ D.They are less fun for those who love running.‎ ‎4.What is the author’s attitude towards sports day?‎ A.Critical.　　　B.Neutral.‎ C.Positive.　　　D.Ambiguous.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.B ‎4.A Passage 102(2014四川,A)‎ Do you want to get home from work knowing you have made a real difference in someone’s life?‎ If yes,don’t care about sex or age!Come and join us,and then you’ll make it! ‎ Position:Volunteer Social Care Assistant ‎(No Pay with Free Meals)‎ Place:Manchester Hours:Part Time We are now looking for volunteers to support people with learning disabilities to live active lives!Only 4 days left.Don’t miss the chance of lending your warm hands to help others!‎ Role:‎ You will provide people with learning disabilities with all aspects of their daily lives.You will help them to develop new skills.You will help them to protect their rights and their safety.But your primary concern is to let them know they are valued.‎ Skills and Experience Required:‎ You will have the right values and great listening skills.You will be honest and patient.You will have the ability to drive a car and to communicate in fluent written and spoken English since you’ll have to help those people with different learning disabilities.Previous care-related experience will be a great advantage for you.‎ ‎1.The text is meant to　　　. ‎ A.leave a note　　　B.send an invitation C.present a document　　　D.carry an advertisement ‎2.What does the underlined part mean?‎ A.You’ll make others’ lives more meaningful with this job.‎ B.You’ll arrive home just in time from this job.‎ C.You’ll earn a good salary from this job.‎ D.You’ll succeed in getting this job.‎ ‎3.The volunteers’ primary responsibility is to help people with learning disabilities　　　. ‎ A.to get some financial support B.to properly protect themselves C.to learn some new living skills D.to realize their own importance ‎4.Which of the following can first be chosen as a volunteer?‎ A.The one who can drive a car.‎ B.The one who has done similar work before.‎ C.The one who has patience to listen to others.‎ D.The one who can use English to communicate.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.A ‎3.D ‎4.B Passage 103(2014四川,B)‎ In 1943,when I was 4,my parents moved from Coeur d’Alene,Idaho,to Fairbanks,Alaska,where adventure was never very far away.‎ We arrived in the summer,just in time to enjoy the midnight sun.All that sunlight was fantastic for Mom’s vegetable garden.Working in the garden at midnight tended to throw her timing off,so she didn’t care much about my bedtime.‎ Dad was a Railway Express agent and Mom was his clerk.That left me in a mess.I usually managed to find some trouble to get into.Once I had a little fire going in the ‎ dirt basement of a hotel.I had tried to light a barrel(桶)of paint but couldn’t really get a good fire going.The smoke got pretty bad,though,and when I made my exit,a crowd and the police were there to greet me.The policemen took my matches and drove me home.‎ Mom and Dad were occupied in the garden and Dad told the police to keep me,and they did!I had a tour of the prison before Mom rescued me.I hadn’t turned 5 yet.‎ As I entered kindergarten,the serious cold began to set in.Would it surprise you to know that I soon left part of my tongue on a metal handrail at school?‎ As for Leonhard Seppala,famous as a dog sledder(驾雪橇者),I think I knew him well because I was taken for a ride with his white dog team one Sunday.At the time I didn’t realize what a superstar he was,but I do remember the ride well.I was wrapped(包裹)heavily and well sheltered from the freezing and blowing weather.‎ In 1950,we moved back to Coeur d’Alene,but we got one more Alaskan adventure when Leonhard invited us eight years later by paying a visit to Idaho to attend a gathering of former neighbors of Alaska.‎ ‎1.What can be inferred about the author’s family?‎ A.His father was a cruel man.‎ B.His parents didn’t love him.‎ C.His parents used to be very busy.‎ D.His mother didn’t have any jobs.‎ ‎2.What happened when the author was 4?‎ A.He learned to smoke.‎ B.He was locked in a basement.‎ C.He was arrested by the police.‎ D.He nearly caused a fire accident.‎ ‎3.Which of the following is true?‎ A.Leonhard was good at driving dog sleds.‎ B.The author spent his whole childhood in Alaska.‎ C.Leonhard often visited the author’s family after 1950.‎ D.The author suffered a lot while taking the dog sled in Alaska.‎ ‎4.What is the author’s purpose of writing the text?‎ A.To look back on his childhood with adventures.‎ B.To describe the extreme weather of Alaska.‎ C.To express how much he misses Leonhard.‎ D.To show off his pride in making trouble.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.D ‎3.A ‎4.A Passage 104(2014四川,D)‎ With around 100 students scheduled to be in that 9 am Monday morning lecture,it is no surprise that almost 20 people actually make it to the class and only 10 of them are still awake after the first 15 minutes;it is not even a surprise that most of them are still in their pyjamas(睡衣).Obviously,students are terrible at adjusting their sleep cycles to their daily schedule.‎ All human beings possess a body clock.Along with other alerting(警报)systems,this governs the sleep/wake cycle and is therefore one of the main processes which govern sleep behaviour.Typically,the preferred sleep/wake cycle is delayed in adolescents,which leads to many students not feeling sleepy until much later in the evenings.This typical sleep pattern is usually referred to as the“night owl”schedule of sleep.‎ This is opposed to the“early bird”schedule,and is a kind of disorder where the individual tends to stay up much past midnight.Such a person has great difficulty in ‎ waking up in the mornings.Research suggests that night owls feel most alert and function best in the evenings and at night.Research findings have shown that about 20 percent of people can be classified as“night owls”and only 10 percent can be classified as “early birds”—the other 70 percent are in the middle.Although this is clearly not true for all students,for the ones who are true night owls this gives them an excellent excuse for missing their lectures which unfortunately fall before midday.‎ ‎1.What does the author stress in Paragraph 1?‎ A.Many students are absent from class.‎ B.Students are very tired on Monday mornings.‎ C.Students do not adjust their sleep patterns well.‎ D.Students are not well prepared for class on Mondays.‎ ‎2.Which of the following is true according to Paragraph 2?‎ A.Most students prefer to get up late in the morning.‎ B.Students don’t sleep well because of alerting systems.‎ C.One’s body clock governs the sleep/wake cycle independently.‎ D.Adolescents’ delayed sleep/wake cycle isn’t the preferred pattern.‎ ‎3.Which of the following is closest in meaning to the underlined word“classified”?‎ A.Criticised.　　　B.Grouped.‎ C.Organised.　　　D.Named.‎ ‎4.What does the text mainly talk about?‎ A.Functions of the body clock.‎ B.The“night owl”phenomenon.‎ C.Human beings’ sleep behaviour.‎ D.The school schedule of “early birds”.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.B Passage 105(2014天津,B)‎ A world-famous Canadian author,Margaret Atwood,has created the world’s first long-distance signing device(装置),the LongPen.‎ After many tiring book-signing tours from city to city,Atwood thought there must be a better way to do them.She hired some technical experts and started her own company in 2004.Together they designed the LongPen.Here’s how it works:The author writes a personal message and signature on a computer tablet(手写板)using a special pen.On the receiving end,in another city,a robotic arm fitted with a regular pen signs the book.The author and fan can talk with each other via webcams(网络摄像机)and computer screens.‎ Work on the LongPen began in Atwood’s basement(地下室).At first,they had no idea it would be as hard as it turned out to be.The device went through several versions,including one that actually had smoke coming out of it.The inventing finally completed,test runs were made in Ottawa,and the LongPen was officially launched at the 2006 London Book Fair.From here,Atwood conducted two transatlantic book signings of her latest book for fans in Toronto and New York City.‎ The LongPen produces a unique signature each time because it copies the movement of the author in real time.It has several other potential applications.It could increase credit card security and allow people to sign contracts from another province.The video exchange between signer and receiver can be recorded on DVD for proof when legal documents are used.‎ ‎“It’s really fun,”said the owner of a bookstore,who was present for one of the test runs.“Obviously you can’t shake hands with the author,but there are chances for a connection that you don’t get from a regular book signing.”‎ The response to the invention hasn’t been all favorable.Atwood has received criticism from authors who think she’s trying to end book tours.But she said,“It will be possible ‎ to go to places that you never got sent to before because the publishers couldn’t afford it.”‎ ‎1.Why did Atwood decide to invent the LongPen?‎ A.To set up her own company.‎ B.To win herself greater popularity.‎ C.To write her books in a new way.‎ D.To make book signings less tiring.‎ ‎2.How does the LongPen work?‎ A.It copies the author’s signature and prints it on a book.‎ B.It signs a book while receiving the author’s signature.‎ C.The webcam sends the author’s signature to another city.‎ D.The fan uses it to copy the author’s signature himself.‎ ‎3.What do we know about the invention of the LongPen?‎ A.It has been completed but not put into use.‎ B.The basement caught fire by accident.‎ C.Some versions failed before its test run.‎ D.The designers were well-prepared for the difficulty.‎ ‎4.How could the LongPen be used in the future?‎ A.To draft legal documents.‎ B.To improve credit card security.‎ C.To keep a record of the author’s ideas.‎ D.To allow author and fan to exchange videos.‎ ‎5.What could be inferred from Paragraphs 5 and 6?‎ A.Atwood doesn’t mean to end book tours.‎ B.Critics think the LongPen is of little use.‎ C.Bookstore owners don’t support the LongPen.‎ D.Publishers dislike the LongPen for its high cost.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.B ‎3.C ‎4.B ‎5.A Passage 106(2014浙江,A)‎ Wealth starts with a goal and saving a dollar at a time.Call it the piggy bank strategy(策略).There are lessons in that time-honored coin-savings container.‎ Any huge task seems easier when reduced to baby steps.If you wished to climb a 12,000-foot mountain,and could do it a day at a time,you would only have to climb 33 feet daily to reach the top in a year.If you want to take a really nice trip in 10 years for a special occasion,to collect the $15,000 cost,you have to save $3.93 a day.If you drop that into a piggy bank and then once a year put $1,434 in a savings account at 1% interest rate after-tax,you will have your trip money.‎ When I was a child,my parents gave me a piggy bank to teach me that,if I wanted something,I should save money to buy it.We associate piggy banks with children,but in many countries,the little containers are also popular with adults.Europeans see a piggy bank as a sign of good fortune and wealth.Around the world,many believe a gift of a piggy bank on New Year’s Day brings good luck and financial success.Ah,yes,but you have to put something in it.‎ Why is a pig used as a symbol of saving?Why not an elephant bank,which is bigger and holds more coins?In the Middle Ages,before modern banking and credit instruments,people saved money at home,a few coins at a time dropped into a jar or dish.Potters(制陶工)made these inexpensive containers from an orange-colored clay(黏土)called “pygg”,and folks saved coins in pygg jars.The Middle English word ‎ for pig was “pigge”.While the Saxons pronounced pygg,referring to the clay,as “pug”,eventually the two words changed into the same pronunciation,sounding the “i” as in pig or piggy.As the word became less associated with the orange clay and more with the animal,a clever potter fashioned a pygg jar in the shape of a pig,delighting children and adults.The piggy bank was born.‎ Originally you had to break the bank to get to the money,bringing in a sense of seriousness into savings.While piggy banks teach children the wisdom of saving,adults often need to relearn childhood lessons.Think about the things in life that require large amounts of money—college education,weddings,cars,medical care,starting a business,buying a home,and fun stuff like great trips.So when you have money,take off the top 10%,put it aside,save and invest wisely.‎ ‎1.What is the piggy bank strategy?‎ A.Paying 1% income tax at a time.‎ B.Setting a goal before making a travel plan.‎ C.Aiming high even when doing small things.‎ D.Putting aside a little money regularly for future use.‎ ‎2.Why did the writer’s parents give him a piggy bank as a gift?‎ A.To delight him with the latest fashion.‎ B.To encourage him to climb mountains.‎ C.To help him form the habit of saving.‎ D.To teach him English pronunciation.‎ ‎3.What does the underlined word “something”(Paragraph 3)most probably refer to?‎ A.Money.　　　B.Gifts.‎ C.Financial success.　　　D.Good luck.‎ ‎4.The piggy bank originally was　　　. ‎ A.a potter’s instrument B.a cheap clay container C.an animal-shaped dish D.a pig-like toy for children ‎5.The last paragraph talks about　　　. ‎ A.the seriousness of educating children B.the enjoyment of taking a great trip C.the importance of managing money D.the difficulty of starting a business 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.B ‎5.C Passage 107(2015北京,A)‎ The Boy Made It!‎ One Sunday,Nicholas,a teenager,went skiing at Sugarloaf Mountain in Maine.In the early afternoon,when he was planning to go home,a fierce snowstorm swept into the area.Unable to see far,he accidentally turned off the path.Before he knew it,Nicholas was lost,all alone! He didn’t have food,water,a phone,or other supplies.He was getting colder by the minute.‎ Nicholas had no idea where he was.He tried not to panic.He thought about all of the survival shows he had watched on TV.It was time to put the tips he had learned to use.‎ He decided to stop skiing.There was a better chance of someone finding him if he stayed put.The first thing he did was to find shelter from the freezing wind and snow.If he didn’t,his body temperature would get very low,which could quickly kill him.‎ Using his skis,Nicholas built a snow cave.He gathered a huge mass of snow and dug out a hole in the middle.Then he piled branches on top of himself,like a blanket,to stay as warm as he could.‎ By that evening,Nicholas was really hungry.He ate snow and drank water from a nearby stream so that his body wouldn’t lose too much water.Not knowing how much longer he could last,Nicholas did the only thing he could—he huddled(蜷缩)in his cave and slept.‎ The next day,Nicholas went out to look for help,but he couldn’t find anyone.He followed his tracks and returned to the snow cave,because without shelter,he could die that night.On Tuesday,Nicholas went out again to find help.He had walked for about a mile when a volunteer searcher found him.After two days stuck in the snow,Nicholas was saved.‎ Nicholas might not have survived this snowstorm had it not been for TV.He had often watched Grylls’ survival show Man vs.Wild.That’s where he learned the tips that saved his life.In each episode(一期节目)of Man vs. Wild,Grylls is abandoned in a wild area and has to find his way out.‎ When Grylls heard about Nicholas’ amazing deeds,he was super impressed that Nicholas had made it since he knew better than anyone how hard Nicholas had to work to stay alive.‎ ‎1.What happened to Nicholas one Sunday afternoon?‎ A.He got lost.　　　B.He broke his skis.‎ C.He hurt his eyes.　　　D.He caught a cold.‎ ‎2.How did Nicholas keep himself warm?‎ A.He found a shelter.‎ B.He lighted some branches.‎ C.He kept on skiing.‎ D.He built a snow cave.‎ ‎3.On Tuesday, Nicholas　　　. ‎ A.returned to his shelter safely B.was saved by a searcher C.got stuck in the snow D.stayed where he was ‎4.Nicholas left Grylls a very deep impression because he　　　. ‎ A.did the right things in the dangerous situation B.watched Grylls’ TV program regularly C.created some tips for survival D.was very hard-working 答案 ‎1.A ‎2.D ‎3.B ‎4.A Passage 108(2015北京,B)‎ Revolutionary TV Ears TV Ears has helped thousands of people with various degrees of hearing loss hear the television clearly without turning up the volume(音量)and now it’s better and more affordable than ever! With TV Ears wireless technology,you set your own headset volume,while other TV listeners hear the television at a volume level that’s ‎ comfortable for them.You can even listen through the headset only and put the TV on mute(静音)if the situation calls for a quiet environment—maybe the baby is sleeping.Or perhaps you are the only one who is interested in listening to the ballgame.‎ TV Ears patented technology includes a revolutionary noise reduction ear tip,not used in any other commercially available headset.This tip reduces outside noise so that television dialogue is clear and understandable.Get the technology that has proven to help the most demanding customers.That’s why TV Ears has earned the trust and confidence of audiologists(听觉学家)nationwide as well as world-famous doctors.‎ Doctor Recommended TV Ears!‎ ‎“My wife and I have used TV Ears almost daily for the past two years and find them a great help in our enjoyment of television. As a retired ear doctor, I heartily recommend TV Ears to people with normal hearing as well as those with hearing loss.”‎ ‎—Robert Forbes, M.D., CA Customer Recommended TV Ears!‎ ‎“Now my husband can have the volume as loud as he needs and I can have the TV at my hearing level.TV Ears is so comfortable that Jack forgets he has them on!He can once again hear and understand the dialogue.”‎ ‎—Darlene & Jack B.,CA Risk Free Trial! TV Ears comes with a 30-day risk free trial.‎ Special Offer—Now $59.95.‎ If you’re not satisfied,return it.‎ Money-back guarantee!‎ Call now! 800-123-7832‎ ‎1.TV Ears helps you　　　. ‎ A.improve your sleeping quality B.listen to TV without disturbing others C.change TV channels without difficulty D.become interested in ballgame programs ‎2.What makes TV Ears different from other headsets?‎ A.It can easily set TV on mute.‎ B.Its headset volume is adjustable.‎ C.It has a new noise reduction ear tip.‎ D.It applies special wireless technology.‎ ‎3.This advertisement is made more believable by　　　. ‎ A.using recommendations B.offering reasons for this invention C.providing statistics D.showing the results of experiments 答案 ‎1.B ‎2.C ‎3.A Passage 109(2015江苏,D)‎ Freedom and Responsibility Freedom’s challenge in the Digital Age is a serious topic.We are facing today a strange new world and we are all wondering what we are going to do with it.‎ Some 2,500 years ago Greece discovered freedom.Before that there was no freedom.There were great civilizations,splendid empires,but no freedom ‎ anywhere.Egypt and Babylon were both tyrannies,one very powerful man ruling over helpless masses.‎ In Greece,in Athens(雅典),a little city in a little country,there were no helpless masses.And Athenians willingly obeyed the written laws which they themselves passed,and the unwritten,which must be obeyed if free men live together.They must show each other kindness and pity and the many qualities without which life would be very painful unless one chose to live alone in the desert.The Athenians never thought that a man was free if he could do what he wanted.A man was free if he was self-controlled.To make yourself obey what you approved was freedom.They were saved from looking at their lives as their own private affair.Each one felt responsible for the welfare of Athens,not because it was forced on him from the outside,but because the city was his pride and his safety.The essential belief of the first free government in the world was liberty for all men who could control themselves and would take responsibility for the state.‎ But discovering freedom is not like discovering computers.It cannot be discovered once for all.If people do not prize it,and work for it,it will go.Constant watch is its price.Athens changed.It was a change that took place without being noticed though it was of the extreme importance,a spiritual change which affected the whole state.It had been the Athenian’s pride and joy to give to their city.That they could get material benefits from her never entered their minds.There had to be a complete change of attitude before they could look at the city as an employer who paid her citizens for doing her work.Now instead of men giving to the state,the state was to give to them.What the people wanted was a government which would provide a comfortable life for them;and with this as the primary object,ideas of freedom and self-reliance and responsibility were neglected to the point of disappearing.Athens was more and more looked on as a cooperative business possessed of great wealth in which all citizens had a right to share.‎ Athens reached the point when the freedom she really wanted was freedom from responsibility.There could be only one result.If men insisted on being free from the burden of self-dependence and responsibility for the common good,they would cease to be free.Responsibility is the price every man must pay for freedom.It is to be had on no other terms.Athens,the Athens of Ancient Greece,refused responsibility;she reached the end of freedom and was never to have it again.‎ But,“the excellent becomes the permanent,”Aristotle said.Athens lost freedom forever,but freedom was not lost forever for the world.A great American,James ‎ Madison,referred to:“The capacity(能力)of mankind for self-government.”No doubt he had not an idea that he was speaking Greek.Athens was not in the farthest background of his mind,but once man has a great and good idea,it is never completely lost.The Digital Age cannot destroy it.Somehow in this or that man’s thought such an idea lives though unconsidered by the world of action.One can never be sure that it is not on the point of breaking out into action only sure that it will do so sometime.‎ ‎1.What does the underlined word“tyrannies”in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ A.Countries where their people need help.‎ B.Powerful states with higher civilization.‎ C.Splendid empires where people enjoy freedom.‎ D.Governments ruled with absolute power.‎ ‎2.People believing in freedom are those who　　　. ‎ A.regard their life as their own business B.seek gains as their primary object C.behave within the laws and value systems D.treat others with kindness and pity ‎3.What change in attitude took place in Athens?‎ A.The Athenians refused to take their responsibility.‎ B.The Athenians no longer took pride in the city.‎ C.The Athenians benefited spiritually from the government.‎ D.The Athenians looked on the government as a business.‎ ‎4.What does the sentence“There could be only one result.”in Paragraph 5 mean?‎ A.Athens would continue to be free.‎ B.Athens would cease to have freedom.‎ C.Freedom would come from responsibility.‎ D.Freedom would stop Athens from self-dependence.‎ ‎5.Why does the author refer to Aristotle and Madison?‎ A.The author is hopeful about freedom.‎ B.The author is cautious about self-government.‎ C.The author is skeptical of Greek civilization.‎ D.The author is proud of man’s capacity.‎ ‎6.What is the author’s understanding of freedom?‎ A.Freedom can be more popular in the digital age.‎ B.Freedom may come to an end in the digital age.‎ C.Freedom should have priority over responsibility.‎ D.Freedom needs to be guaranteed by responsibility.‎ 答案 ‎1.D ‎2.C ‎3.A ‎4.B ‎5.A ‎6.D Passage 110(2015天津,D)‎ Once when I was facing a decision that involved high risk,I went to a friend.He looked at me for a moment,and then wrote a sentence containing the best advice I’ve ever had:Be bold and brave—and mighty(强大的)forces will come to your aid.‎ Those words made me see clearly that when I had fallen short in the past,it was seldom because I had tried and failed.It was usually because I had let fear of failure stop me from trying at all.On the other hand,whenever I had plunged into deep water,forced by courage or circumstance,I had always been able to swim until I got my feet on the ground again.‎ Boldness means a decision to bite off more than you are sure you can eat.And there is nothing mysterious about the mighty forces.They are potential powers we possess:energy,skill,sound judgment,creative ideas—even physical strength greater than most of us realize. ‎ Admittedly,those mighty forces are spiritual ones.But they are more important than physical ones.A college classmate of mine,Tim,was an excellent football player,even though he weighed much less than the average player.“In one game I suddenly found myself confronting a huge player,who had nothing but me between him and our goal line,”said Tim.“I was so frightened that I closed my eyes and desperately threw myself at that guy like a bullet(子弹)—and stopped him cold.”‎ Boldness—a willingness to extend yourself to the extreme—is not one that can be acquired overnight.But it can be taught to children and developed in adults.Confidence builds up.Surely,there will be setbacks(挫折)and disappointments in life;boldness in itself is no guarantee of success.But the person who tries to do something and fails is a lot better off than the person who tries to do nothing and succeeds.‎ So,always try to live a little bit beyond your abilities—and you’ll find your abilities are greater than you ever dreamed.‎ ‎1.Why was the author sometimes unable to reach his goal in the past?‎ A.He faced huge risks.‎ B.He lacked mighty forces.‎ C.Fear prevented him from trying.‎ D.Failure blocked his way to success.‎ ‎2.What is the implied meaning of the underlined part?‎ A.Swallow more than you can digest.‎ B.Act slightly above your abilities.‎ C.Develop more mysterious powers.‎ D.Learn to make creative decisions.‎ ‎3.What was especially important for Tim’s successful defense in the football game?‎ A.His physical strength.　　　B.His basic skill.‎ C.His real fear.　　　D.His spiritual force.‎ ‎4.What can be learned from Paragraph 5?‎ A.Confidence grows more rapidly in adults.‎ B.Trying without success is meaningless.‎ C.Repeated failure creates a better life.‎ D.Boldness can be gained little by little.‎ ‎5.What is the author’s purpose in writing this passage?‎ A.To encourage people to be courageous.‎ B.To advise people to build up physical power.‎ C.To tell people the ways to guarantee success.‎ D.To recommend people to develop more abilities.‎ 答案 ‎1.C ‎2.B ‎3.D ‎4.D ‎5.A